# حضرت عبد البهاء در نیویورک

*Exported from [Holy-Writings.com](https://www.holy-writings.com/) on 2026-06-19 — 1 clipping.*

---

> Source: Bahá'í Library Online (bahai-library.com), curated by Jonah Winters. Used by permission of the curator. Original citation: Hussein Ahdieh, حضرت عبد البهاء در نیویورک, Hofheim, Germany: Bahá'i Verlag, 2014, bahai-library.com.
> ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind1 1                               17.05.2014 16:08:37
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind2 2   17.05.2014 16:08:37
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
> ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ| ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind3 3‬‬                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬
> ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
> ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۷۱‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ـ ‪ ۲۰۱۴‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﻫﻮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻢ‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪.................. :‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ‪.................... :‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind4 4‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬
> 
> ‫»ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ؛‬
> ‫ﻧَﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺭﻗﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ َﻭ ّﻫﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ ...‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺒﻲ؛ ﻧﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻪ ﻧَﻌﺘﻲ ﺟﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind5 5‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind6 6   17.05.2014 16:08:37
> ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
> 
> ‫‪۹‬‬                                                           ‫ﻣﻘﺪّﻣﻪ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬           ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ )‪(Ansonia Hotel‬‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬                           ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬
> ‫‪۳۹‬‬          ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> ‫)‪(Church of the Ascension‬‬
> ‫‪۵۳‬‬    ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ )‪ (The Bowery Station‬ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> ‫‪۸۴‬‬          ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> ‫)‪(Lake Mohonk‬‬
> ‫‪۱۰۸‬‬               ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ‬
> ‫‪۱۲۶‬‬                              ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ«‬
> ‫‪۱۴۳‬‬        ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ )‪(New Jersy‬‬
> ‫‪۱۶۰‬‬                        ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۱۸۱‬‬                       ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> ‫‪۱۸۹‬‬                                        ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
> ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind7 7‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:37‬‬
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind8 8   17.05.2014 16:08:37
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺥ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۹۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻫ ّﻤﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ِ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻲ‬                           ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ِﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬
> ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ؛ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind9 9‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪١٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪۱‬ـ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪۲‬ـ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪۳‬ـ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻘﺸﺎﻥ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ‬             ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﻃﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬  ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮ ‪،‬ﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻧﻴﺘﺎ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻫﻴﻨﻮﻭﻟﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﻧﮕﻨﺴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎﺗﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﭻ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻒ ﭘﻴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻳﺘﺮ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪,‬‬     ‫ﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﮏ‪ ,‬ﺭﻟ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﭘﻦ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭﮐﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﺤ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻴﻼﺭﻱ ﭼﭙﻤﻦ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind10 10‬‬                                                                   ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ِﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind11 11‬‬                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind12 12   17.05.2014 16:08:38
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬
> 
> ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻋﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۹‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۸۹۲‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﮔﺬﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺴﺪ‬
> ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﻬﺠﻲ ـ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻧُﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ُﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺖﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ـ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ـ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫»ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺷﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﻭﺻﻴﺖﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ‬
> ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺠﺄ ﺿﻌﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻬﻮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind13 13‬‬                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                             ‫‪١٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۸‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯ |ﻩ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻠّﮏ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻋﺰﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺗﻼﺵ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫»ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ...‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ ....‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮ ِﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺀ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ‪...‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻇﻬﻴﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪...‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﮐﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﭼﻬﻞ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱‬ﺁﻟﻦ ﺍِﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‪، 36DAYS: ABDU’L-BAHA’S JOURNEY IN‬‬
> ‫‪Allan L. Ward: 2‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٥ (١٩٧٩‬ـ‪) ٤‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬
> ‫‪) ،AMERICA‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind14 14‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫‪١٥‬‬                          ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺳﻔﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ۲۵‬ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﺱ‪ِ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ )‪(S.S.CEDRIC‬‬
> ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻲﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﮕ |ﻪ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟ ّﻄﺎﺭﻕ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻃﻲ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫»ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
> ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺫﻟّﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺘّﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮐﻼﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎّﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
> 
> ‫‪] ۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۰‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind15 15‬‬                                                                       ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪١٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻋﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ,‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀـ‬
> ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻃﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪,‬‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﮐﺠﺎ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜ |ﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣ ‪،‬ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺪﮎ ﮐﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺪﮎ ﮐﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻧﻄﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﻒ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ‬
> ‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ّ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺩﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣ ّﺰﻳﻦ ‪«...‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﺴﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺖ‬‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫‪] ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪[۲۲‬‬
> ‫‪] ٤‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪[۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻦ ﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪236DAYS: ABDU’L-BAHA’S JOURNEY IN :‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﻭﻧﺪﻝ ﻓﻠﻴﭙ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ,،AMERICA‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪) ۱۳‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind16 16‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫‪١٧‬‬                                   ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ «.‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫• »ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫• »ﺣﺼﻮﻟﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫• »ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺣﻈ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﺏ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫• »ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬     ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻲ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۴‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪236‬‬
> ‫‪ Days: Abdu’l-Baha’s Journey in America‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪After being for forty years a prisoner I can tell you that‬‬
> ‫‪freedom is not a matter of place, it is a condition. Unless one accept dire‬‬
> ‫‪vicissitudes he will not attain, When one is released from the prison of‬‬
> ‫‪self, that is indeed a release.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺒﺲ‬
> ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﮐﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﯽ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪) «.‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‪] .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۰۶‬‬
> ‫‪] ۷‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬
> ‫‪] ۸‬ﻫﻤﺂﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬
> ‫‪] ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬
> ‫‪] ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۷‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind17 17‬‬                                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪١٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺯ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬  ‫ﻋﺮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑ ً‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﭙﻮ ‪،‬ﺭ‬    ‫ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ )‪ (Edward Kinney‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫»ﺻﻔﺎ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻭﻓﺎ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬   ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﮑﻮﻱ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ )‪ (Juliet Thompson‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻮﻥ )‪ (Marjerie Morton‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﻟﺲ)‪ (Rhoda Nichols‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻲ )‪ (Lillies‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‬
> ‫)‪ (Greenwich‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠ ّﻤﻊ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ )‪ (، Khalil Gibran‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind18 18‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫‪١٩‬‬                           ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﴼ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺏ‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ )‪ (Mountfort Mills‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﻣﺤﺒﺘّﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind19 19‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:38‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ِﮐﻨﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind20 20‬‬                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍِﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﻞ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺭ |ﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺫﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺤﺼﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻭﺭﺍﮎ )‪ (Anton Devorak‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ُﮐ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﮐﻨﻲ )‪ (Carrie Kinney‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،۱۸۹۳‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪,‬ﮐﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ‬
> ‫ﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬  ‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ )‪Howard‬‬
> ‫‪ (McNutt‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ »ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ« ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind21 21‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٢٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ‬
> ‫ﺏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬   ‫ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ «.‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﮐﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻨــﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬
> ‫ﺧــﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ِﻭﺳﺖ ﺍِﻧﺪ )‪ (West End Ave‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ۷۸۰‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬  ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻀﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﻭﻱ )‪ (Broadway‬ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ )‪ (John Bosch‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺐ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۷۹‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﻮﻣﺎ )‪ (Sonoma County‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﺑﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺷﺐ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۱‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ِﻫﺪ ‪ .،‬ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﺯﻱ )‪، O. Z. Whitehead: SOME EARLY BAHAI’S OF THE WEST‬‬
> ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪ ٤٧ (١٩٩٥‬ـ ‪٤٤‬‬
> ‫‪]۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind22 22‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫‪٢٣‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬        ‫ﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ« )‪Life and‬‬
> ‫‪ (Teachings of Abbas Effendi‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ )‪(Myron Phelps‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﮐﻮﭘﺮ)‪ (Mrs. Cooper‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﮐﻠﻨﺪ )‪(Oakland‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒّﺘﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﮋ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﺎﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﻮﭘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ‬
> ‫)‪ (Thornton Chase‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺷﺐ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺘﻠﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺘﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬
> 
> ‫ﻞ ‪) ،DAWN OVER MOUNT HIRA AND OTHER ESSAYS‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ‬        ‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪٢٠٣-٢٠٤ (١٩٧٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind23 23‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                              ‫‪٢٤‬‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺸﺎﺵ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮐﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺳﮑﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﴼ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺤ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺕ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬      ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ )‪(Howard Colby Ives‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٢٠٨ ،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪) ٣ (١٩٨٢‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬
> ‫‪] ۷‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind24 24‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫‪٢٥‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﮐﺎﻧﮑﺘﻴﮑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ‬        ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﺎﭼﻮﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣ ّﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬
> ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ )ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﮋ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﺎﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬  ‫ِ‬      ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﻣﻮﺭ )‪ (Clarence Moore‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬
> ‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬       ‫ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬
> ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﮐﺮﺍﻩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻼﺭﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ـ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻼﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۸.‬ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ‪) ، PORTALS TO FREEDOM،‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ‬
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪) ٢٢-٢٧(١٩٩٠‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ(‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ‪٢٩‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind25 25‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                  ‫‪٢٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﮐﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪ «.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬   ‫ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺷﻌ |ﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﺒﺤﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﮐﺞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬   ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻴّﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﻮ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‪ «.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
> 
> ‫‪] ۱۰‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪[۲۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind26 26‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫‪٢٧‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ‬
> ‫ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺸﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﮏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬  ‫»ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫»ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﮐﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﻧﮑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻴﻔﻮﺭﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻟ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ)‪ (New York Times‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ُﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ )‪ (Lake Mohonk‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind27 27‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٢٨‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪ (New York Evening Sun‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ‪...‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ـ‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﮏ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﺗﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺗﺴﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨّﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﭘﻴﺴﮑﻮﭘﺎﻝ )‪ (Episcopalians‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﺒﻴﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ )‪ (Presbyterians‬ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻ |ﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻭﺩﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ‬       ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪ ,DAYS 236‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind28 28‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫‪٢٩‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﻃﻼﻕ‬  ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬  ‫ﺱ ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳ ‪،‬‬ ‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮ ـ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬   ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻥﻫﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﷲ‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﻣﺮﻱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﻳ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺖ ﻧﻴﮑﻼﺱ )‪Saint-‬‬
> ‫‪ (Nicholas‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ۷۳۱‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۲‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ‬‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Brooklyn‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ۹۳۵‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ۱۶.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۷ ۱۹۰۵‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ـ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ـ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪.۱۷‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪.٣٥-٣٦‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،MACNUTT,HOWARD ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪http://bahai-library.com/stockman_macnutt‬‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪،‬ـ ‪-THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA :EARLY EXPANSION, 1900‬‬
> ‫‪ ,، 1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.٢٣٣‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind29 29‬‬                                                                   ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                             ‫‪٣٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻣﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ »ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪«،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۱۹.‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻂ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﮑﺮ )‪ (Green Acre‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻦ )‪۲۰ (Maine‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
> ‫ِ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬        ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ )‪ ,، (Arthure Dodge‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺭﻳﺴﺘﻮﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻋﺎ ّﺩﻱ‬       ‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﴼ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺧﺼﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻻ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺗﻦ )‪ (Manhattan‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬        ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪.۳۰۸ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪٣٦ ,،SOME EARLY BAHAI’S‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪۲۰۶-۲۰۹ ,،EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912 ،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind30 30‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:39‬‬
> ‫‪٣١‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۲۲.‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ«‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ‬
> ‫ﮎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬   ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ‬‫ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﮐﻤﮏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻼﻳﻖ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ )‪ (Pantheism‬ﺑﺎﻭﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺻﻞ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ« ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻲ )‪ (Telepathy‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺤﺚﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪۳۳۸ ,‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind31 31‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪٣٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۵‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬    ‫ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ‬  ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪ .٣٨ ,،SOME EARLY BAHAI’S‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪My love is my face take it to them. Tell them to see me in their love for‬‬
> ‫‪each other‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﺺ ‪ .٤-٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪The purpose of the creation of man is the attainment of the supreme‬‬
> ‫‪virtues of humanity through descent of the heavenly bestowals… It is so,‬‬
> ‫‪likewise, in the spiritual world. That world is the Kingdom of complete‬‬
> ‫‪attraction and affinity. It is the Kingdom of the One Divine Spirit, the‬‬
> ‫‪Kingdom of God. Therefore, the affinity and love manifest in this meeting,‬‬
> ‫‪the divine susceptibilities witnessed here are not of this world but of the‬‬
> ‫‪world of the Kingdom… Through His (Christ) death and teachings we‬‬
> ‫‪have entered into His Kingdom. His essential teaching was the unity of‬‬
> ‫…‪mankind and the attainment of supreme human virtues through love‬‬
> ‫?‪Can you find in His words any justification for discord and enmity‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind32 32‬‬                                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫‪٣٣‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ۳۹‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪۶۷‬‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺭﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻢ ﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ...‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‬
> ‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺑﻲﻋﻼﻗﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺬﻫ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪… If you should announce that Italy was a barbarous nation and not‬‬
> ‫‪Christian, this would be vehemently denied. But would Christ sanction‬‬
> ‫‪what they are doing in Tripoli? … Whenever discord prevails instead‬‬
> ‫‪of unity, wherever hatred and antagonism take the place of love and‬‬
> ‫‪spiritual fellowship, Antichrst reigns instead of Christ… We have been‬‬
> ‫‪brought together here by the power of His Word—you from America,I‬‬
> ‫‪from Persia— all in love and unity of spirit. Was this possible in former‬‬
> ‫‪centuries? If it is possible now after fifty years of sacrifice and teaching,‬‬
> ‫‪hat shall we expect in the wonderful centuries coming.‬‬
> ‫‪ , The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲۶‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪.۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٨-٩ (١٩٨٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind33 33‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٣٤‬‬
> ‫‪۲۸‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﻘﻒ ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ )‪ ,(Bixby‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟ |ﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ؟‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑّﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺑّﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ؟‬      ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪... .‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ؟‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬         ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﺑﻠ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﮑﺴﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﺵ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭ ﮐﻼﻡ‬
> ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
> ‫ﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪» :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﻗﺒ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۱‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind34 34‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫‪٣٥‬‬                ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ «،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ‬   ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ...‬ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬   ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺒﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﮐﺸﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ‪ ....‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> ‫‪۲۹‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮ ّﺩﺕ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬
> ‫‪۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ُﺭﺯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ‪،‬ﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪,،‬‬‫»ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺸﮑﻔﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﮔﺬﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬    ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻳﻘ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺷﮑﻮﻓﻪ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫ﺏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﻳﮑﻤﺎ‪،,‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫)ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ (١٩١٢‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪۸‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind35 35‬‬                                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                              ‫‪٣٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫‪۳۱‬‬                                     ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠّﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ »ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ« ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.“Summer“ :‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻃﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠّﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬
> ‫‪۳۲‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺒﺮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺗﺎﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ‬
> ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ! ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﮕ ‪،‬ﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻁ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪ ) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬
> ‫‪ ,The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۳۳‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪.۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind36 36‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫‪٣٧‬‬              ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ‬    ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬     ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ـ‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺭﮔﺒﺎﺭ ـ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﺼﻮ ِﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬  ‫ِ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﻻ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗ ّﻮﮐﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﴼ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺼ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind37 37‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind38 38                  17.05.2014 16:08:40
> ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ )‪ ,(Percy Grant‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۲۷‬ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﮏ )‪ (Evangelical Church‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﮏ ﮔﻮﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۹۳‬ﺑﻪ ِﺳ َﻤﺖ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ!‬
> ‫ﺿﺪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬     ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻆ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻋﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،PARISH HISTORY‬ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬  ‫‪ ۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://ascensionnyc.org/history :‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind39 39‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                            ‫‪٤٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ)‪ ,(Edward Getsinger‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬    ‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﺧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻮﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩﺍ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﻋﻆ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻞ‬
> ‫ﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻧﻄﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻧﺒﻮﺕﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۳‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind40 40‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫‪٤١‬‬               ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺒ ّﻮﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ...‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩﮎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩﮎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺷﺪﻡ ﻓﮑﺮﻡ ﺭﺷﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻬ ‪،‬ﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮒﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ُﮐﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
> 
> ‫ﻲ ‪ ،CORINTHIANS‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.biblegateway.com/passage‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind41 41‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪٤٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻗﺴﻴﺲ ﺍﻋﻈ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
> ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﮔﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﺜﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻳّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﻃﻦ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬  ‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﺜﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۵‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١-١٢ (١٩٨٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind42 42‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:40‬‬
> ‫‪٤٣‬‬              ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﻧّﻴﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ‬
> ‫ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻴﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻮ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ۹«...‬ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ‬
> ‫ﻭﻋﻆ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ ۱۰‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
> ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻐﻤ |ﻪ »ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ« ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
> ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱۰‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind43 43‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٤٤‬‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻧﻮ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ »ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ« ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺰﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ! ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‬  ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩ ﻭﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﻋﻼﻗﻪ‬
> ‫|‬       ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﻔﮑــــﺮ ﭘﻴﺸـــﺮﻭ)‪Union Meeting of Advanced Thought‬‬           ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ّ‬
> ‫‪ (Centers‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟــﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕــﻲ )‪ (Carnegie Hall‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱۲‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind44 44‬‬                                                                       ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫‪٤٥‬‬               ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ‬
> ‫ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻓﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺋﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬  ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘّﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ۱۵«.‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ّ‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٤ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۵‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind45 45‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                        ‫‪٤٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬       ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺗﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﷲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬
> ‫ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ )‪ (Hudson Maxim‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﺒﺤﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬  ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟«‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind46 46‬‬                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫‪٤٧‬‬               ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻲ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫ ّﻤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯﻣﻨ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪...‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬       ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯﻣﻨ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ‬    ‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ّ .‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺰﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﺐﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﮐﺸﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬        ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻣﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻼﻗ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺏ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind47 47‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                   ‫‪٤٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﻳﺸ |ﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪...‬‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺤﻲ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺗﺸﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ« ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬        ‫ﺣﺪ »ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٥ ،٧‬ﻭ ‪١٠-١١‬‬
> ‫‪ ,، The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۲۰‬ﻓﺼﻞ‪۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind48 48‬‬                                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫‪٤٩‬‬                  ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۶‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪۱۹۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ـ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ‬      ‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮـ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬         ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻴﺎﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ |ﻩ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﻠﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪A BIENNIAL INTERNATIONAL :‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪ .٥٠٩ -٥١٠(١٩٥٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
> ‫‪ RECORD‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪He has truly acquitted himself in this most sacred task with exemplary‬‬
> ‫‪distinction and proved himself worthy of so noble a mission. I request‬‬
> ‫‪you to join me in my prayers for him.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind49 49‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪٥٠‬‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺫ ّﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﻴﺲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻌﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴّﺰ‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬‬
> ‫ﻏﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺁﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻠّﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺠﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ‬
> ‫»ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ‬‫ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟«‬
> 
> ‫»ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻗ ّﻮ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟ ّﻄﺒﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٧ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind50 50‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫‪٥١‬‬               ‫ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻠ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﺒّﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻳ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۸‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind51 51‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬   ‫‪٥٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind52 52‬‬                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌ |ﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ )‪ (Dr. Hallimond‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ )‪ (John Good‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻴﻨﮓ)‪Sing‬‬
> ‫‪ (Sing Prision‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺰﺟﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind53 53‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                            ‫‪٥٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻌﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬  ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﻨﻴﮕﻦ )‪ (Hannegen‬ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ)‪ (Edward Getsinger‬ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﮑﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ۲۵‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬      ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬    ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﮑﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗ ّﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻇﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬   ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺟﺮﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠّﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻠّﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻟﺸﮑﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮﻡ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻠّﺖ ﻭ‬    ‫ﻇﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬‫ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ,The Diary of Juliet Thompson ۱‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind54 54‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:41‬‬
> ‫‪٥٥‬‬                    ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ‬
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﻥ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ‪،‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺟﺶ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻗ ّﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺑﺎ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪) PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١٩ (١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۹‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﺟﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind55 55‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                          ‫‪٥٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺩﻟﮕﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬
> ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﺸﻘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ؛ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﮑﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻱ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻢ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻫﺮﺍﻟﺪ )‪ (New York Herald‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﭘﻴﺴﮑﻮﭘﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ‬  ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ َﺳﺮﺍﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺸﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪WARD, 236 DAYS/23 ۵‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind56 56‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٥٧‬‬                       ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺗ ّﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ۱۷‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻮﺍﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ‪ ,‬ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺍﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻃﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬         ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺎّﻡ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ |ﻩ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺼﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬     ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ّ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ِﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﭘﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢٢ (١٩٨٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪What then remains? How shall we attain the reality of knowledge? By the‬‬
> ‫‪breaths and promptings of the Holy Spirit, which is light and knowledge‬‬
> ‫‪itself. Through it the human mind is quickened and fortified into true‬‬
> ‫‪conclusions and perfect knowledge.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind57 57‬‬                                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪٥٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﻳﻨ |ﻪ‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﺎﻑﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺍﺏﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻇﻞ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬‫»‪ ...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿ |ﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﻮ |ﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ۱۰‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ )‪ (Emery‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪:۲۳‬‬
> ‫‪The world has become a new world… Therefore, it is requisite that we‬‬
> ‫‪must develop capacity and divine susceptibility in order that the merciful‬‬
> ‫‪bounty of the Sun of Truth intended for this age and time in which we are‬‬
> ‫‪living may reflect from us as light from pure crystals‬‬
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﻭ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫• ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ‪ Earl.‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind58 58‬‬                                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٥٩‬‬                         ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﺘﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺁﻣ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ِ‬‫ِ‬
> ‫• ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
> ‫‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ‪١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫• ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫• ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> ‫• ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ‪ -‬ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ -‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫• ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫• ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﺍﻣﺸﺐ« ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻲ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ‪ ١٨‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬                   ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻓﻮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻕ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎ ‪،‬‬             ‫ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻨﺒ ‪،‬ﻪ ‪ ١٨‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬       ‫‪.۱‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬          ‫‪.a‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ‬         ‫‪.b‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ‪١٩ ،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬         ‫‪.۲‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬            ‫‪.a‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬       ‫‪.b‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ«‬             ‫‪.c‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬        ‫‪.d‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺟﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﺪﻟﺴﻦ‪THE LOWER EAST SIDE REMEMBERED AND REVISITED: A،‬‬
> ‫‪،HISTORY AND GUIDE TO A LEGENDARY NEW YORK NEIGHBORHOOD‬‬
> ‫)ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪(٢٠٠٩‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind59 59‬‬                                                                                   ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                             ‫‪٦٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻟﺪﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺳﺨﻦ‬          ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬
> ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﮕﻔﺖﺯﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻪ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻋﻼﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﻟﻮﻗﺎ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺰﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﻱﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻧﻴّﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺧﻼﺻ |ﻪ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻝﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺮ ﮐﺴﺐ‬
> ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺞ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۷۳‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘُﺮﺗﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﺙ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺛﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۲۸‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind60 60‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٦١‬‬                  ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺼﺒﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﻟﻨﺸﻴﻦ‪ ۱۳‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۱‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻠﺰ)‪ (May Bolles‬ـ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ـ ﻟﻮﺍ‬
> ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ )‪ ,(Lua Getsinger‬ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻳﮑﻮﻝ )‪(Thomas Brickwell‬‬
> ‫ـ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴـﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭙﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﻔﻮﺱ )‪ (Hippolyte Dreyfus‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺶ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻓﺎﺿﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠﻐّﻴﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ )‪ (Greenwich Village‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬
> ‫)‪ (Washington Square Park‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑﺗﺮ‪ ,‬ﺳﻤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬   ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻓّﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻴﻼﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ |ﻩ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪,‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪٧٦،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪٧٦-٧٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind61 61‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                        ‫‪٦٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮐﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬             ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻴﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷ |ﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑﺗﺮ‪ ,‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺷﻴﭙﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺶ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﮐﺎﺭﺩﺋﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻁ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻨﺎﻫﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﭘﻠﻴﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺐ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﭘﻴﺮ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻧﻴﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮒﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻢﮐﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻠﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻲ ﭘﻪﭘﻪ )‪ (Pepe‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺖ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﭘﻪﭘﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind62 62‬‬                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٦٣‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
> ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻔﻦ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﮊﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮔﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﻦ )‪(Thomas Paine‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻦ ﭘﻮ )‪ ,(Edgar Allen Poe‬ﻣﺎﺭﮎ ﺗﻮﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫)‪ ,(Mark Twain‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﻟﻮﺋﻴـﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻮﻧﺴﻦ )‪(Robert Louis Stevenson‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ )‪ (O. Henry‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﭘﺮ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﻣﻐﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬    ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳّﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﮊﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﻮ ‪ ١٩ ،FRAGRANCE FROM GREENWICH VILLAGE‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪١٩ ، ,٢٠١٠‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://bohemianlit.comfull_text/Bruno/fragments.htm‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind63 63‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                              ‫‪٦٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻲﻫﺎ )‪ (Theosophical Societies‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍ ﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬         ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺘﺐﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﺘّﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲﺗﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﻬﻨ |ﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
> ‫ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ »ﺭﻭﺡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ« ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ‬    ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠّ |ﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﺯﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺐ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬   ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑ ِﺮ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﻃﻠ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﻮﺑﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻤﻮﻧﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻲﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻫﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind64 64‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٦٥‬‬                  ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺑّﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﻝ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّﻃﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬  ‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﮐﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ‪,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻔﮑﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ،٥١‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖﻫﺎ ﺟﺰﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ‬   ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺶﻫﺎﻱ ّ‬   ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ٢٣، EPHEMERAL NEW YORK.‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://ephemeralnewyork.worpress.com/tag/Greenwich- .‬‬
> ‫‪/village-in-the1910s‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind65 65‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                           ‫‪٦٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟّﺪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﮔﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺩﻥ )‪Auguste‬‬
> ‫‪ (Rodin‬ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺫﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺳﻨّﺘﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﻦ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬     ‫ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺛﺮ »ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﺩﺑﻲ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۱۹.‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑ |ﻪ‬
> 
> ‫ﻞ ‪ .، JULIET REMEMBERS GIBRAN AS TOLD TO MARZIEH‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ‬                            ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ، ١٢‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪) ،٤‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،٢٩-٣١(١٩٧٨‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://bahai-library.com/histories/Juliet.gibran.html‬‬
> ‫ﻞ ‪.٢٩-٣١ ،JULIET REMEMBERS GIBRAN AS TOLD TO MARZIEH‬‬                                 ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻮ ﺟﻨﮑﻴﻨﺰ )‪Joe Jenkins) KHALIL‬‬
> ‫‪) ، GIBRAN: MAN AND POET‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪(١٩٩٨ ،OneWorld‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind66 66‬‬                                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:42‬‬
> ‫‪٦٧‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۲۸‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
> ‫»ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ«)‪ (Jesus Son of Man‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ »ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ« )‪ (The Prophet‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺰﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻬﻮ |ﻩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﺮﮐﻲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻋﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘ |ﻪ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻼ‬‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‪,‬ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘُﺮﺗﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒ ً‬
> ‫ﺳﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻪ‬        ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺻ ً‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﺗﺮ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻔﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﴼ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﴽ« ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ «.‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪١٢٣-١٢٦ ۲۱‬‬
> ‫‪١٢٣-١٢٦ ۲۲‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind67 67‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪٦٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﺍِﺭﻝ‬
> ‫ﻫﺎﻝ)‪ (Earl Hall‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮑﺪ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌ |ﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‪ ,‬ﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺘﺲ ﺑﻮﺁﺯ )‪ (Franz Boaz‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﮊﻧﺘﻴﮏ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﻫﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ )‪(Thomas Hunt Morgan‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻴﻮ |ﻩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﴼ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺱﺑﺎﻱﺗﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (Presbyterian Church‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
> ‫ﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ »ﺍﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۲۳«.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ »ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٠‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳۱‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪As material knowledge is illuminating those within the walls of this‬‬
> ‫‪great temple of learning, so also may the light of the spirit, the inner and‬‬
> ‫‪divine light of the real philosophy glorify this institution‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind68 68‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫‪٦٩‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻮﺭﺯﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ‬
> ‫»ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻮﻥ« )‪ (New York Tribune‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ )‪Mary‬‬
> ‫‪(Williams‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ)‪ (Kate Carew‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺺ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﭗﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬        ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻫﻨﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳ |ﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﺴﮑﻮ ﺍﮔﺰﻣﻴﻨﺮ )‪ (San Fransisco Examiner‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ )‪(Joseph Pulitzer‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« )‪ (New York World‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﺎﺗﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻭﻟﻒ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ‬
> ‫)‪ (William Randolph Herst‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮊﻭﺭﻧﺎﻝ« )‪New‬‬
> ‫‪ (York Journal‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،KATE CAREW,THE ONLY WOMAN CARICATORIS‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬             ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻤﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪١٩٩٧‬؛ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.twianquotes.com/interviews/confessions.htm‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind69 69‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٧٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﮏ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻲﺍﺭﺯﺵ )‪ (Yellow Journalism‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ« ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ‬
> ‫‪۲۸‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﻬﺎﺭﺩﺕ ‪ Sara Bernhardt‬ﻫﻨﺮﭘﻴﺸﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻳﻦ )‪ (Mark Twian‬ﻭ ﺟﮏ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ )‪ (Jack London‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﺘﺲ )‪ (W. B. Yeats‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﭘﻴﮑﺎﺳﻮ )‪,(Pablo Picaso‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﭼﻴﻞ )‪ (Winston Churchill‬ﻭ ﺗﺌﻮﺩﻭﺭ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻭﻟﺖ )‪ ,(Theodore Roosvelt‬ﻭ ‪.‬ﮔﺮﻳﻔﻴﺖ )‪ (W. D. Griffith‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺴﺎﺯ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ )‪ (J. P. Morgan‬ﺑﺎﻧﮑﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ )‪(Wright Brothers‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۲۹.‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻳﮑﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻃﻨﺰ ﺗﻠﺨﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺯﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻠ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻢ‬
> ‫‪۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻢ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ‪John Wiley and‬‬
> ‫ﺲ ‪) PULLTZER: A LIFE‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬  ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﻧﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ,(٢٠٠١،Sons‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind70 70‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫‪٧١‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺯﻑ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﺰﺭ »ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ«‪,‬‬
> ‫‪۳۱‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﮑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻤﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
> ‫ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫‪۳۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘّﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ُﻣﺮﺩﻩ«‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪﻭﺍﺭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﺪﺍﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺑﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻪ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﺠﻴﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺩﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﭙﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻧﮓ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ّ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺍﺷﻤﻴﺖ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind71 71‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪٧٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻋﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ‪ .....‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ّ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻭﮐﺶ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻗﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۳۵‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫ﺭﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬‫ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻮﺷﻢ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻬﻨ |ﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﭙﺎ ﮐﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻴّﺖ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺠﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺤﺮ ﻭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.٢٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind72 72‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫‪٧٣‬‬                       ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺟﺎﺩﻭﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﮑﺮ‬
> ‫‪۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
> ‫ﺣﺲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ ,‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻟﺤﻦ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺶ ﻃﻼ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ »ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ« ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﺣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪,‬‬‫ﺣﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﻤﻼﺕ ّ‬
> ‫‪۳۷‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻠﮏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪.۳۰‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳۱‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪Kate‬‬
> ‫‪ Carew‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Luxury has a limit. Beyond that limit it is not commendable. There is such‬‬
> ‫‪a thing as moderation. Men must be temperate in all things‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind73 73‬‬                                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪٧٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻡ؟« ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ٧‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
> ‫‪۳۸‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻪﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ؟ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‪ .....‬ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻡ ﻣﺸﮑﻮﮎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ۳۹«.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۴۰‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺭﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻦ )‪ (Edith Wharton‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻠﻮﻍ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺗﮑﺎﭘﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺗﻦ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۳٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪۲۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Remember, you press people are the servants of the public. You‬‬
> ‫‪interpret our words and acts to them. With you is a great responsibility.‬‬
> ‫‪Please remember and please treat us seriously‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind74 74‬‬                                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫‪٧٥‬‬                    ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫)‪ (Manhattan‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﻠﻮﺍﮐﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﻫﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫َﻣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﮑﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﮊﺍﮐﻮﺏ ﺭﻳﺲ )‪ (Zhakob Riis‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﻓﻘﺮﺍ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ« )‪ (How the other half lives‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻼﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ِ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺳﺎﻝ‬    ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﻔﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬
> ‫‪۴۱‬‬
> ‫‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﯽﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺩﺳﺘﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﺠ ّﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﺼﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻴﻔﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘ ّﻮﻗﻒ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪ ٩٦‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۴۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،TENEMENTS‬ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬      ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.history.com/topics/tenements‬‬
> ‫ﮏ ‪ ۲۰ ،TENEMENT LIFE‬ﻣﻲ ‪ ,، ۲۰۱۰‬ﺩ ّﻭﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻣﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://maggieblanck.com/NewYork/life.htm‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind75 75‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                              ‫‪٧٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺻﺤﺖ‬
> ‫»‪ ...‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺜﺮﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬
> ‫‪۴۳‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻼﺗﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ـ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬                                  ‫ﻣﺤ ّ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ـ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻬ ‪،‬ﺮ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ )‪ (tenement‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸ |ﻪ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ )‪ (ternere‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ‬
> ‫»ﭼﭙﺎﻧﺪﻥ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ« ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﮊ |ﻩ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ )‪ (partere‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ«ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺜﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﻔﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺭﺧﺘﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘُﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻱ ﺍﻏﺬﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﻤﺰ |ﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﯽﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﮏ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬      ‫ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻮﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺳﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﺧﺰﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﮎﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۴۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۲‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind76 76‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫‪٧٧‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻼﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬      ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬         ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﮐﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻏﻪﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ )‪ (Long Island‬ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻢ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺍﻏﻪ‬
> ‫‪۴۴‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺸﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻲﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٧٩‬ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﻟﻴﻔﺴﻮﻥ )‪Albert‬‬
> ‫‪ (Gleason Rullifson‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﻮﻧﺮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۴۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻠّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺱ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰ‪ ,‬ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘ ّﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺮﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬     ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‬  ‫ﺖ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬  ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺑﻀﺎﻋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮏ ‪TENEMENT LIFE‬‬  ‫‪ ۴۴‬ﺑﻠﻨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،OUR HISTORY IN BRIEF‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪www.bowery.org/about-us/history/#1890 :‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind77 77‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                    ‫‪٧٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬   ‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﮎﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠّﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
> ‫‪۴۶‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃ |ﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﮑﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺪﻱ )‪ ,(Mr. Grunndy‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﭼﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ )‪ (Hutchinson‬ﻭ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫‪۴۷‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪ ,‬ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
> ‫‪۴۸‬‬
> ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ »ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ« ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻠّﻤﴼ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺑﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۴۶‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪٣٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ »ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind78 78‬‬                                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:43‬‬
> ٧٩                        ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ,‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‬,، ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻏﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬,‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
> .‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ‬
> ‫ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬۵۰.‫ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‬۴۹«‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳّﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬۵۱‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﺎﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬۵۲.‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> .‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮕﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
> 
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۲ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬.۴۹
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> You must be thankful to God that you are poor, for Jesus Christ has said,
> Blessed are the poor
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠــﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘــﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳــﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸــ‬.۳۳‫ـ‬۳۲ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۰
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> Therefore, you must be thankful to God that although in this world you”
> are indigent, yet the treasures of God are within your reach, and although
> in the material realm you are poor, yet in the Kingdom of God you are
> precious. Jesus Himself was poor. He did not belong to the rich
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.٣٣ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۱
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> Therefore, you are the disciples of Jesus Christ, you are His comrades,for
> He outwardly was poor, not rich. Even this earth’s happiness does not
> depend upon wealth
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۳ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۲
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> Our hope is in the mercy of God, and there is no doubt that the divine
> compassion is bestowed upon the poor. Jesus Christ said so; Bahá’u’lláh
> said so. While Bahá’u’lláh was in Baghdád, still in possession of great
> wealth, He left all He had and went alone from the city, living two years
> among the poor. They were His comrades
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.۳۴ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۳
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> Therefore, we will thank God that we have been so blessed with real
> riches
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ‬.٣٤ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۵۴
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind79 79                                                                               17.05.2014 16:08:43
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                              ‫‪٨٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻟﭙﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﮑ |ﻪ ‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﻨﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝﺗﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﮑ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﭘﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
> ‫‪۵۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺻﻒ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪۵۶ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻳﮑﺎﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ‬
> ‫‪۵۷‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﺖ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ »ﮐﻠﻪ ﺷﻖ« ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻓﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺵ )‪ (Flatbush‬ﺩﺭ‬      ‫ﺍﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Brooklyn‬ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻼﺕ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺐ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﺶ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬
> 
> ‫‪I ask you to accept ‘Abdu’l-Bahá as your servant‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۵‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۶‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٥،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind80 80‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫‪٨١‬‬                   ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻧﻴﻨﮕﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
> ‫‪۵۸‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ‬
> ‫)ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ( ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﺣﺒﺲ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬  ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
> ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟«‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﴼ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻱ؟«‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻡ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮑﻨﻢ؟«‬
> ‫‪۵۹‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ‪«.‬‬   ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۵۸‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪۴‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind81 81‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪٨٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺻﺮﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ »ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ِﮔﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﺤ ّﻤﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪۶۰‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﻳﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬  ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
> ‫‪۶۱‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﺴﻲ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۶۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۶۱‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Assuredly, give to the poor. If you give them only words, when they‬‬
> ‫‪put their hands into their pockets after you have gone, they will find‬‬
> ‫‪themselves none the richer for you‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind82 82‬‬                                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫‪٨٣‬‬                      ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ «.‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» .‬ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﺪ‪ّ ,‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﮑﺮ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗ ّﻮﻗﻊ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫‪۶۲‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۶۲‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ .٤‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ )ﺹ ‪ (۳۸‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻓﻘﺮﺍ‪،‬ﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind83 83‬‬                                                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ| ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۴‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۸۵۲۹۰۰۰‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ۲۱۱۹۰۰۰۰ ,،‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۷۷۵۱۰۰۰‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۱.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﺤﻄﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۶۸۰۰۰۰۰‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﻼﮎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺟﻨﮓ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﻮﻳﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪ ۱‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪ ٣ ٠ .، WW I Causalities and Death Tables..‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.pbs.org/greatwar/resources/casedeath_pop.html‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﮐﻼﺩﻓﻠﺘﺮ‪WARFARE AND ARMED CONFLICTS- A STATISTICAL،‬‬
> ‫‪ .REFERENCE : CASUALTY AND OTHER FIGURES , 1500–2000‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ,،۱۵۰۰-۲۰۰۰‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ )ﺟﻔﺮﺳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ & ‪McFarland‬‬
> ‫‪(٢٠٠٢ .، Company‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind84 84‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫‪٨٥‬‬              ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺠ ّﻬﺰﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺩ ّﻭﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﭙﺮﺱ )‪ (Ypres‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۲‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۵‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬   ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺧﻂ ّ‬   ‫ِ‬      ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺱ‬   ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﺑﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺒﻬ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬  ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻠﺞ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ‬
> ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬       ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎ ِ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
> ‫ﮔﺎﺯ ﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻘﻼﻱ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺲ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻘﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﭘﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻨﺪﻕﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﻻﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺵﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ‬
> 
> ‫ﻲ ‪ ٢٢ ،Weapons of War_ Poison Gas‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١ ٠، ,٢٠٠٩‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.firstworldwar.com/weaponry/Gas.htm‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪WEAPONS OF WAR_ POISON Gas‬‬       ‫‪ ۴‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind85 85‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪٨٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺩﻭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻻﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺟﻮﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﭙﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺗﺐ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮ« )‪ (trench fever‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﭙﺶﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ّﺣﺲ‬  ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ »ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺲ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ« ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ‬  ‫ﺗﻨﻔﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻠﻴﮏ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﺻﻢ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺧﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪...‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ »ﺷﻮﮎ‬
> ‫ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« )‪ (shell shock‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺱ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺼﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻗﻮ ﺷﮑﻢ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺩ ﺷﮑﻢ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻬﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻼﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,‬ﮐﺎﺑﻮﺱﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻲﺧﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
> 
> ‫ﻲ ‪ ٢٢ ،Life in the Trenches‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١ ٠ ,٢٠٠٩‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬   ‫‪ ۵‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.firstworldwar.com/features/trenchlife.htm .‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺭﮐﻪ‪ ١ ٠، ,SHELL SHOCK DURING WORLD WAR ONE،‬ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪١١ ,،‬‬
> ‫ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪http://bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/shellshock_01.shtml‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind86 86‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫‪٨٧‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻠّﺖ »ﺷﻮﮎ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﻠّﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻋﺼﺒﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺧﻤﭙﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬                        ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ؟‬
> ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ )‪(Wilfred Owen‬ﻳﮏ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻌﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ«ﺧﺎﻃﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﭙﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫ﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﻱ ﻧﻔﺲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠّﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺁﻣ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺠﻨﺰﺍ ‪،‬ﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ‬        ‫ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻤﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ُﮐﭙﻪﻫﺎﻱ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻟﻪﺍﺵ‬
> ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻩ ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻳﻢ! ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠﮑﺎﻧﺶ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﺪ؟‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺶ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind87 87‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                          ‫‪٨٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺯﺍﺭﻱﮐﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﮔﻔﺖ »ﻧ ‪،‬ﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻡ ﺗﺎﺗﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‬
> ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻬﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻢ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺷﻮﮎ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ« ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺴﺮ‬
> ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‬  ‫ﺧﺠﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٨‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﺩ ِﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﻭﺯﺑﺮﻱ )‪ (Shrewsbury‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﺴﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
> ‫ﮓ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺴﺪ‬   ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻳﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺪﺭﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﻨﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻭﻃﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ |ﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﮔﺎﺯ َﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺳﭙﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ٢٠ ,٢٠٠٦ WILFRED OWEN , THE SENTRY‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬      ‫‪ ۷‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.englishverses.com/poems/thesentry‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ‪ ٢٠ ,۱۹۰۹ ،WILFRED OWEN‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ۸‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://wwwwarpoetry.co.uk/owena.htm‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind88 88‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:44‬‬
> ‫‪٨٩‬‬              ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﮎ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺍﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ |ﻩ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺑﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫»‪ ...‬ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻢ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﺷﺐﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻻﺩ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﺯﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ )‪(Montclair‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪ (١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٩‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind89 89‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                               ‫‪٩٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﮐﻠﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺁﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ‬  ‫ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬
> ‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ ّﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﻧﻮ ِﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﻴّﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﻴّﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬
> ‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪...‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ...‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﻇﻞ ﺧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪,‬ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﮔﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺄﻭﻱ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﻢ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫‪۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٤‬‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٥‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٥-١١٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind90 90‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪٩١‬‬              ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫»ﻫﻮﺍﷲ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺗﻮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨــﺎﻩ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔــﻮﻅ ﻭ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎ‪ .‬ﻉ ﻉ«‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﻳﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ۱۰٤‬ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ )‪(William Taft‬‬
> ‫)‪ (۱۹۰۹-۱۹۱۳‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ـ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﺪ ـ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﮑﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ۱۴.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻞ‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼ ّﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ‪«...‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻲ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‬
> ‫»‪...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻣ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪۱۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۸۲ ،‬‬
> ‫ﺱ ﻧﺸﺮ‬‫‪۱۴‬ﭘﺎﺋﺎﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺮﻳﮑﻮ ﮐﻮﻟﻴﺘ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪) ،PRESIDENCY OF WILLIAM HOWARD TAFT‬ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪ (١٩٧٣‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٧-١١٨ (١٩٨٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind91 91‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ‫‪٩٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﮐﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻼﻟ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
> 
> ‫»]ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ[ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﻘﺸ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻮﺭﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﴼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﮐﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﮐﻞ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺗّﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻲ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﻨﺪ؟«‬
> 
> ‫ﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ‬            ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﺳﺘﻮﺭ)‪ (Astor Hotel‬ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١١٨‬‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٠‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۲۵‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪From the prison of ‘Akká He (Bahá’u’lláh) addressed the kings and‬‬
> ‫‪rulers of the earth in lengthy letters, summoning them to international‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind92 92‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪٩٣‬‬                ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣ ّﻌﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗّﻒ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ‬
> ‫ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪New York Peace‬‬
> ‫‪ (Society‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻳﺰ )‪ ,(Dr. Wise‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﺧﺎﻡ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ |ﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺣﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ۲۱.‬ﺁﻧﺎ‬‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ۲۰‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﺻ ً‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﭙﻨﺴﺮ )‪ ,(Ana Spencer‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺶ ﺗﺴﻠّﻂ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬    ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫‪agreement and explicitly stating that the standard of the Most Great‬‬
> ‫‪Peace would surely be upraised in the world… This has come to pass.‬‬
> ‫‪The powers of earth cannot withstand the privileges and bestowals‬‬
> ‫‪which God has ordained for this great and glorious century… Man can‬‬
> ‫‪withstand anything except that which is divinely intended and indicated‬‬
> ‫…‪for the age and its requirements‬‬
> ‫‪ .۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .۱۲۵‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Now—praise be to God!—in all countries of the world, lovers of peace‬‬
> ‫‪are to be found, and these principles are being spread among mankind,‬‬
> ‫‪especially in this country‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠّﺪ ‪ ، ٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١١‬ﻭ ‪۸‬‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪١١‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind93 93‬‬                                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ‫‪٩٤‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺎﻳﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺟﮑﺴﻮﻥ )‪ ,(William Jackson‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ۲۳.‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺒﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻲﻫﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۱۵‬ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ )‪(Andrew Carnegi‬‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻱ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﻨﮕﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٢-١٣ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٣ ,‬‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪١٣ ,‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ١٣ ,،NEW YORK PEACE RECORDS‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬                 ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.gale.cengage.com/servlet/ItemDetailServlet?regi .‬‬
> ‫‪cid=D۳۵۷۵&۴=type&titleCode=SR۶۳۲&۰۰۰=imprint&۹=on‬‬
> ‫‪ ،ADVOCATE FOR PEACE ۲۶‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،١‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ، ۲۲ ,٥‬ﻣﻲ ‪، ، ,١٩١٠‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind94 94‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪٩٥‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ »ﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ«‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺆﻟّﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬      ‫ﻭ »ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ« ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۷‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺤﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮ ﭘﺎﻟﺘﺰ )‪ (New Paltz‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﻟﺴﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﻪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲ‪،‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﮐﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ّ‬
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩ ّﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ‪ ۷‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪ ,،١٩١٢‬ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪) ،ABDU’L BAHA IN AMERICA‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪(٢٠١٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind95 95‬‬                                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪٩٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ )‪ (Albert and Alfred Smiley‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸۶۹‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ‬    ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
> ‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻍ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﮐﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ۲۹.‬ﻫﺘﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ۹‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﻳﻴﻼﻗﻲ ـ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﭙّﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۳۰.‬ﻧﻴﺖ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﻓﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮ )‪ (Quaker‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮﻳﺴﻢ ﻓﺮﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬  ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻗ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﺷﭙﻬﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪MOHONK MOUNTAIN HOUS‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮊﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪WHO WILL BELL THE CAT? ABDU’L BAHA AT LAKE‬‬
> ‫‪) ،MOHANK‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
> ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪ ، ,، WHAT DO QUAKERS BELIEVE‬ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.quakerinfo.org/quakerism/beliefs‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind96 96‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪٩٧‬‬                ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﻩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۷۷۶‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻃﺮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۲.‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎ‪ ۳۳,‬ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﺧﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﻘﺮﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ )‪ ,(International Peace Society‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ)‪Society for the Promotion of‬‬
> ‫‪ (Permanent Peace‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ )‪(London Peace Society‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۱۶‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ ,،‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫‪۳۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۸۹۵‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻢﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ »ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ«‪ ۳۶‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻣ ّﻮﻓﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ـ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ـ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ »ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪ ،FRIENDS‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٢٦‬ﭼﺎﭖ ‪ ) ١٥‬ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮑﺎ ‪٢٥٥ (١٩٨٥‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪MALSSUM/QUAKERSAMPAEKNYON [THE MESSAGES ،‬‬
> ‫‪) ،YEARS]: THE HITORY OF QUAKERS ۳۰۰ AND FRIENDS FOR‬ﺳﺌﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻟﮑﻴﻨﺴﺎ‬
> ‫‪٢٧٥ (١٩٨٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪MASSLUM/QUAKERSAMPAEKNYON‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ ٢٨ ، INTERNATIONAL PEACE RCORDS،‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.swarthmore.edu/library/peace/CDGB/intpeacesociety.htm‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind97 97‬‬                                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                    ‫‪٩٨‬‬
> ‫‪۳۷‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۲۵‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺐ«‪ ۳۸‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﭙﺮﺍﻧﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ« ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ »ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺪ‪ ۳۹.‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻴﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺷﭙﻬﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪MOHONK MOUNTAIN HOUSE‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪ ۲۵ ,،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ,،١٩١١‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ‪ :١٨٩٥-١٩٣٧‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮ ‪،‬ﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind98 98‬‬                                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪٩٩‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‪ ۴۰‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ۴۱‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻢﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﻀﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢﺟﻮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻘﺎﻕ‬
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻗّﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫‪۴۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ )‪ (Persian American Educational Society‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۴۳.‬ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۹۱۱‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪» :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻡ‬
> ‫ﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۴۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ٢٤ ,،THE CONDITIONS OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪،١٩١١‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪» ۴۳‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ« ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۴‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﭙﺲ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬
> ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind99 99‬‬                                                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪١٠٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ‬
> ‫‪۴۵‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ »ﺭﺅﺳﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫‪۴۷‬‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻲ«‪ ۴۶‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۴۸.‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺭﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺻﻠﺢ« ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﺏ‬
> ‫ﺲ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬     ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﭙ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ .١٩١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻣ ّﻮﺭﺥ ‪ ٢٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١١‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻣﺨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ «.‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ .،١٩١١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬   ‫‪ ۴۶‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١١‬ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮓ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ‬          ‫ﭘﺎﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
> ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻄﻌﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪) .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬
> ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ ‪Swarthmore College Peace Collection‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind100 100‬‬                                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:45‬‬
> ‫‪١٠١‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ« ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ۴۹.‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬
> ‫‪۵۰‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ« ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻠ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺕ‬
> ‫‪۵۱‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺳ ّﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ« ـ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ـ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
> ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻞ‬
> ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ‬
> ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺯﻳﺪﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
> ‫‪۵۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺷﻨﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۵۳.‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
> ‫‪۵۴‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪ ۴۹‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪AN ADVANCED STATEMENT CONCERNING‬‬
> ‫‪ ،ABDUL BAHA’S APPROACHING VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۵۰‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﻴﭙﺲ ‪ ٤ ,،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ‬
> ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺲ ‪ ١٣‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪١٩١١‬‬  ‫‪ ۵۱‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﮑ ‪،‬ﻪ ‪WILLIAM HOWARD TAFT, AN INTIMATE,‬‬                               ‫‪ ۵۲‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪٢٧٦ ,(١٩٨١ W‬‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪، W Norton & Co‬‬         ‫‪) PORTRAIT‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۳‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ‪ ١٥-١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪١٩١٢‬‬   ‫ﻣ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪EARLY EXPANSION‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind101 101‬‬                                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                    ‫‪١٠٢‬‬
> ‫‪۵۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻱ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۵۶‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬         ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‬          ‫ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ,‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۵۷.‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬     ‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ )‪ (، Agnes Parson‬ﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
> ‫‪۵۹‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ »ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ«‪ ۵۸‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۵۵‬ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ١٦ ، ,١٥ ,،‬ﻭ ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪١٩١٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۴۲‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ‪٤٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪٤٢-٤٤ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵۸‬ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪ ۵۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind102 102‬‬                                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١٠٣‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪ‪ّ .‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬    ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۶۰.‬ﺑﻌﺪﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۶۱‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۹۵‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶۱‬ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﭻ ‪ ,،‬ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﭘﻮﻟﻴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ADDRESS AT METROPOLITAN،‬‬
> ‫‪ ،TEMPLE RECEPTION‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١٣) ،٧‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ،۱۵ ,، (١٩١٢‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind103 103‬‬                                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                            ‫‪١٠٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ َﻣﺜَﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻣﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﻣ ّﻬﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﮐﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬       ‫ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ّ‬
> ‫‪۶۲‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﮑﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﻼﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺟﻼﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻻﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﺳﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌ |ﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‪EARLY EXPANSION‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶۲‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪WHO WILL BELL THE CAT”، Ruhe Schoen‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind104 104‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١٠٥‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ‪,‬‬
> ‫‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻧﺴﻮﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬         ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺴﺎﺧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ـ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬    ‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺗﺮﻭﺭﻳﺴﺘ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۲۰١٢‬ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ )ﺟﻨﮓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ )ﺟﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﺩ( ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﮕﻮ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ(‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠ |ﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
> ‫‪۶۳‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋ |ﻪ ﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮐﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱﻫﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۶۳‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﮓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬    ‫ﺟﻨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺮﻳﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Making Peace‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﮔﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﺗﺮ ‪،‬ﻥ‪The Humanist ، 60:9،‬‬
> ‫‪ ,،2000‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،MAKING PEACE‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﻴﻨﺪﺱ )‪ (Barry Hindess‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﮊﺍﻟﻲ )‪ ١٠ ، ,٢٠٠١ ، (Margaret Jolly‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://imaginarymuseum.org/MHV/PZImhv/HindessThinkingPeace.‬‬
> ‫‪html‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind105 105‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮ ﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                   ‫‪١٠٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ »ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﺣﻤﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﮑﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﺭﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﺭﻳﺴﻢ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻢ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﴼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﮎ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮ ﺯﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind106 106‬‬                                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١٠٧‬‬               ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ـ ﮔﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺁﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind107 107‬‬                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬‫ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺼ ً‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ »ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ« ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬     ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﭘﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺮﺯﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬
> ‫‪ ۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٠‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind108 108‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١٠٩‬‬                 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ‪ ,‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﮐﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻧﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴّﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻧﺪﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭘﺲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬   ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ّ ,‬‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ۴.‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫ـ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﻠّﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
> ‫)ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ( ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻮﺣﻨّﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
> ‫ﻑ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﴽ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﮑﻦ‬   ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﺮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ّﻡ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٨-١٥٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٢-١٧٣‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind109 109‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                          ‫‪١١٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻟﮑﻦ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.. .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺎّﻣﻪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺎّﻣﻪ ‪...‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻴّﺖ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺋﻴﻨﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻲ ّ‬
> ‫»ﭘﺲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬     ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺑﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٤-١٥٥‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٧-١٤٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٨‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind110 110‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١١١‬‬                 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﮎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ‬‫ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻱ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺧﺸﮏ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻒﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﻴّﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺭﻩ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻲﺧﺸﮑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻒﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺧﻔﻪ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﮐﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٤۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind111 111‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ‫‪١١٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺷﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮ ِﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﻞ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺪﺳ |ﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٥٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Likewise, the divine religions of the holy Manifestations of God are in‬‬
> ‫‪reality one, though in name and nomenclature they differ. Man must‬‬
> ‫‪be a lover of the light, no matter from what dayspring it may appear.‬‬
> ‫‪He must be a lover of the rose, no matter in what soil it may be growing.‬‬
> ‫??‪He must be a seeker of the truth, no matter from what source it come‬‬
> ‫‪Attachment to the lantern is not loving the light‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦١‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Imitation destroys the foundation of religion, extinguishes the‬‬
> ‫‪spirituality of the human world, transforms heavenly illumination into‬‬
> ‫‪darkness and deprives man of the knowledge of God. It is the cause of‬‬
> ‫‪the victory of materialism and infidelity over religion, it is the denial of‬‬
> ‫‪Divinity and the law of revelation, it refuses Prophethood and rejects the‬‬
> ‫‪Kingdom of God‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind112 112‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:46‬‬
> ‫‪١١٣‬‬                  ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ۱۲‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﻭ‬
> ‫ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ‬ ‫»ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻳّﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻗّﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬         ‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠّﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻱ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ۱۴.‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮ |ﻩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﻨّﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬             ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ۱۷.‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥١‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٥‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٥‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind113 113‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١١٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺗﮑﺜّﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﺖﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺾﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺭﮐﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﮐﺎﻧﮕﺮﮔﻴﺸﻨﺎﻝ )‪(Congregational‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﮑﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤ ّﻤﺪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬   ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ّ‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٠١‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٥٣‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪The time has come when all mankind shall be united, when all races‬‬
> ‫‪shall be loyal to one fatherland, all religions become one religion, and‬‬
> ‫‪racial and religious bias pass away. It is a day in which the oneness of‬‬
> ‫‪humankind shall uplift its standard and international peace, like the‬‬
> ‫‪true morning, flood the world with its light‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind114 114‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫‪١١٥‬‬                    ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ّ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺠﻮﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ َ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ »ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻃﻲ‬                                                     ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻞ« ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬   ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ِ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻣﻤﺰﻭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍ ّﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻴﺾ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٦‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٤‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Consider how nothing but a spiritual power can bring about this‬‬
> ‫‪unification, for material conditions and mental aspects are so widely‬‬
> ‫‪different that agreement and unity are not possible through outer means.‬‬
> ‫‪It is possible, however, for all to become unified through one spirit,‬‬
> ‫‪just as all may receive light from one sun. Therefore, assisted by the‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind115 115‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ١١٦
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
> ‫ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬,‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> :‫ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬,، ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‬
> 
> ‫ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﺫﻕ‬.‫ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺁﻻﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬,‫»ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> «...‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ‬۲۶‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻗ ّﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬۲۷‫ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬,‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ّ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬
> .‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪ‬
> 
> collective and divine center which is the law of God and thereality of His
> Manifestation,races advance
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.٢٠٤ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۵
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> The world of humanity may be likened to the individual man himself,
> it has its illness and ailments …The Prophets of God are the real
> Physicians. In whatever age or time They appear They prescribe for
> human conditions. They know the sicknesses. They discover the hidden
> sources of disease and indicate the necessary remedy… In this present
> age the world of humanity is afflicted with severe sicknesses and grave
> disorders which threaten death. Therefore, Bahá’u’lláh has appeared
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۶
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> lack of love and absence of altruism
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۷
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> the friends of God must adhere to the power which will create this love
> and unity in the hearts of the sons of men
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٧١ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‬۲۸
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace
> because….the spiritual teachings of the Religion of God can alone create
> this love, unity and accord in human hearts
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind116 116                                                                    17.05.2014 16:08:47
> ‫‪١١٧‬‬                ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﻗّﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻧﺒّﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻧﺸﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻄﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﮑﺎﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
> ‫ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻲ )‪ (Jersy City‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘ ّﻘﻞ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺸﻴﺶ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (، Unitarian‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴّﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻮﻓﻴﻬﺎ )ﻋﺮﻓﺎ( ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮐﻠّﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ‬
> ‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
> ‫»ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ«‪ ۲۹‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٥٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind117 117‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١١٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﮕﺮ |ﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﺸﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ۳۰‬ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ‬
> ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۱‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬
> ‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۳۲.‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺗﺎﮐﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺾ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Abdu’l-Bahá suggested that the United States may be held up as the‬‬
> ‫‪example of future government—that is to say, each province will be‬‬
> ‫‪independent in itself, but there will be federal union protecting the‬‬
> ‫‪interests of the various independent states‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٦٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪to cast aside centralization which promotes despotism is the exigency of‬‬
> ‫‪the time‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900- ،‬‬
> ‫‪ ،,1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٨‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪despotism had been the history of the Kingdoms of the Near East including‬‬
> ‫‪Persia—in the early 1900|s the verb ‘to elect’ did not even exist in the‬‬
> ‫‪Persian language‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,(١٩٨٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۶۷‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind118 118‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫‪١١٩‬‬                    ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﻬﻀﺖ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﻨﮑﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ )‪ (Seneca Falls‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸۴۸‬ﺭﺳﻤﴼ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ |ﻩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻥﻫﺎ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۹۲۰‬ﮐﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫»ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟«‪ ۳۴‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
> ‫‪۳۵‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ۷۸‬ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،۳۰۹‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ‬
> ‫‪۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ‬
> ‫ِ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ‪,‬‬         ‫ِ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ‪,‬‬            ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﮑﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ِ ,‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻳﻤﺎ ِﻥ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ »ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ«‬
> ‫)‪ (Baha’i Community‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٠‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٧٠-١٧١‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ .١٨٧‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪In this great Cause :‬‬
> ‫‪the light of guidance is shining and radiant. Bahá’u’lláh has even said‬‬
> ‫‪that occupation and labor are devotion. All humanity must obtain a‬‬
> ‫‪livelihood by sweat of the brow and bodily exertion, at the same time‬‬
> ‫‪seeking to lift the burden of others, striving to be the source of comfort‬‬
> ‫‪to souls and facilitating the means of living. This in itself is devotion to‬‬
> ‫‪God. Bahá’u’lláh has thereby encouraged action and stimulated service.‬‬
> ‫‪But the energies of the heart must not be attached to these things, the soul‬‬
> ‫‪must not be completely occupied with them. Though the mind is busy,‬‬
> ‫‪the heart must be attracted toward the Kingdom of God in order that the‬‬
> ‫‪virtues of humanity may be attained from every direction and source‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind119 119‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                      ‫‪١٢٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ‪ ۳۷‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﻇﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ‬   ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﺪﺍﺩ )‪ (Anton Haddad‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ‬        ‫ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺘﻮﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ »ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ« )‪ (rules and laws‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۳۸‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۰‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ )‪ ، ,(Hooper Harris‬ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺭ )‪ ,،(Wiliam Hoar‬ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﻫﺎﭼﻴﻨﺴﻮﻥ )‪,، (Andrew Hutchinson‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﺁﺯﺑﻮﺭﻥ)‪ ,،(Frank Osborne‬ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺗﻨﺎﻡ )‪Edwin‬‬
> ‫‪ ,(Putnam‬ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺲ ﺳﭙﺮﺍﮒ )‪ (Charles Sprague‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﺳﮑﻮ ﺩﻟﺴﻦ‬
> ‫)‪ (Orosco Woolson‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ۳۹,‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻫﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬      ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ‬  ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ«‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:‬‬
> ‫‪ ،EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind120 120‬‬                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫‪١٢١‬‬                    ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫)‪ (House of Spirituality‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻔﺎ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻀﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻠﮏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۴۰.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫»ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ‬
> ‫ﺲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ّ‬    ‫ﺲ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻧﺴﻮﺍﻥ« )‪ (Baha’i Unity League for Ladies‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۴۱.‬ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ )‪ ,،(Gertrud Harris‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﭙﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﻴﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ‬
> ‫)‪ ,، (Isabella Brittingham‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻘﺸﻲ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﻭ‬
> ‫‪۴۲‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ« ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ« ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۴۳.‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ .۴۰‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‪The Baha’i Faith in‬‬
> ‫‪ America:Early Expansion‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪ ۱۲۸‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪There can be no greater harm for the Cause of God today than disunion,‬‬
> ‫‪however small it may be! Consequently exert yourself to the utmost to‬‬
> ‫‪gladden the hearts and to be the channel of fragrance and joy to mankind‬‬
> ‫‪… [show] to the whole human race the utmost kindness, then how much‬‬
> ‫‪more you must be kind to the spiritual friends [Bahá’ís‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind121 121‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                        ‫‪١٢٢‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺷﺪﻡ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ »ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ« ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
> ‫‪۴۴‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻏﺘﺸﺎﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪۴۵‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺷﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫‪۴۶‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ‪ ۱۹۰۸‬ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ۴۷.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> ‫‪۴۸‬‬
> ‫ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬       ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۹‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻓ ّﻌﺎ ‪،‬ﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ۱۹۱۰‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۴۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٠٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٢٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨٦‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٨٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind122 122‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:47‬‬
> ١٢٣                     ‫ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬،‫ ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‬،,‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> 
> ۲۷ ‫ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ‬.‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬.‫ﺣﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬ّ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬.‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ‬.‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‬
> ّ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬، ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ »ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧ‬
> .‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪ‬Spiritual Assembly) ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﮊ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬.‫ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬۵۰«‫ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ »ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬۴۹.‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻡ‬
> ‫ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬,‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‬
> .‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬
> Open» ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬،Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬۴۹
> ‫“ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬Spiritual Assembly” ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬.‫« ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Committee
> .‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‬
> .٤ ‫ ﻓﺼﻞ‬، ,‫ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬۵۰
> : ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‬
> ، ‫ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ‬،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE ‫ﺀ‬، ‫ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬۵۱
> ‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬.١٨٣ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‬,(١٩٨٢ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬Promulgation of Universal Peace ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> It is my hope that the meetings of the Bahá’í Assembly in New York shall
> become like meetings of the Supreme Concourse. When you assemble,
> you must reflect the lights of the heavenly Kingdom. Let your hearts be
> as mirrors in which the radiance of the Sun of Reality is visible. Each
> bosom must be a telegraph station—one terminus of the wire attached to
> the soul, the other fixed in the Supreme Concourse—so that inspiration
> may descend from the Kingdom of Abhá and questions of reality be
> discussed. Then opinions will coincide with truth, day by day there will
> be progression, and the meetings will become more radiant and spiritual.
> This attainment is conditioned upon unity and agreement. The more
> perfect the love and agreement, the more the divine confirmations and
> assistance of the Blessed Perfection will descend. May this prove to be
> a divine meeting, and may boundless bestowals come down upon you.
> Strive with all your hearts and with the very power of life that unity and
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind123 123                                                                          17.05.2014 16:08:48
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                  ١٢٤
> 
> love may continually increase. In discussions look toward the reality
> without being self-opinionated. Let no one assert and insist upon his own
> mere opinion, nay, rather, let each investigate reality with the greatest
> love and fellowship. Consult upon every matter, and when one presents
> the point of view of reality itself, that shall be acceptable to all. Then
> will spiritual unity increase among you, individual illumination will be
> .greater, happiness will be more abundant and you will draw nearer to
> the Kingdom of God.
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind124 124                                                      17.05.2014 16:08:48
> ‫‪١٢٥‬‬                ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،,‬ﻣﻌﻠّﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind125 125‬‬                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ«‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴّﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ١٨٩٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣ ّﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺒﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﮎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬      ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻼ‬‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻓّﻖ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA: EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912 ۱‬‬
> ‫‪١٢٦-١٢٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind126 126‬‬                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫‪١٢٧‬‬                        ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟ |ﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ـ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ـ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻧﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۲.‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺋﻴﺴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ«‬       ‫ّ‬
> ‫)‪ (Unity Through Love‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ )‪(Pantheistic belief‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺠﻠﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ۳.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
> ‫ﻏﻠﻂ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﴼ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺩﻧﻲ‬      ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﴼ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ‬
> ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺎﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٢ ،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ‪ UNITY THROUGH LOVE ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪THE BAHA’I FAITH‬‬
> ‫‪IN EARLY AMERICA‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٠-٢٤١‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind127 127‬‬                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                        ‫‪١٢٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻭﺩﮐﻮﮎ )‪ (Percy Woodcock‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﻧﺠﻮﻡ ‪ ,،‬ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﺍﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
> ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻠّﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۶.‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۰۵‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻋﺠﺎﻳﺐ« ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﮑﺎﻣﻞ‬
> ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﺀ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ‬‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﻮﺩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬‫ﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٨‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩٠٤‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ّ‬      ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٠٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٤٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind128 128‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫‪١٢٩‬‬                                  ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٩‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩ ّﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫ ّﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺟﻴﻤﺰ )‪ ,(James‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٠‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺩﻱ )‪,(Susan Moody‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻄﺐ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ‬    ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺕ )‪ (Elisabeth Stewart‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻓ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ ۸.‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ« )‪ (The Revelation of Baha’ullah‬ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ »ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ‪ ,‬ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ« ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﻬ ّﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
> ‫ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ »ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ـ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻩ«‬
> ‫ﺿﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬   ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪.١٣١-١٣٥ ،EARLY BAHAI’S‬‬
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﺍﻳﺰﺍﺑﻼ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﻡ ‪ ،THE REVOLUTION OF BAHA’ULLAH‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪ ، ١٩٠٣‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪ ،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٤٠٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind129 129‬‬                                                                                   ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ‫‪١٣٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻭﮐﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺷﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﺷﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﺠﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬    ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ ﺩﻱ )‪ (Elisabeth Day‬ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ‬           ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺷﺶ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٥‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺟﺲ )‪ (Sara Burgess‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺎ )‪ (Anna‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻋﺰﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﺖ ﺩﺭﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٨‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬       ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻡ »ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪The Truth of: The Inseparable Oneness of Common Sense- Science‬‬
> ‫‪and Religion‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴّﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻼﺕ‬
> ‫ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۱۱.‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪١٥‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ،DODGE , ARTHUR PILLSBURRY‬ﭘﺮﻭﮊ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪ ١١ ,، ٢٠٠٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.bahai-encyclopedia-project.org‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind130 130‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫‪١٣١‬‬                              ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۹۱۲‬ﻭ ‪ ۱۹۱۳‬ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻧﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ)‪ (Baha’i Temple Unity‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﺎّﻡ‬
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻧﮓ ﺁﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻤﭗ ﺍﺳﺘﺪ‬
> ‫)‪ (Hampstead‬ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬   ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ« )‪Addresses by Abdolkarim Effendi Tehrani:‬‬
> ‫‪(Delivered Before the New York and Chicago Assemblies‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‪ ,‬ﮐﻨﻮﺷﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ‪ ٤٤‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ« ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪ ١٦‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ،١٩٠٧‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۲‬ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺩﻱ ﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪،THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900-1912‬‬
> ‫‪ .٢٠٩-٢١٠‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Abdu’l-Bahá wrote to them:This personage is a believer and assured, he is‬‬
> ‫‪attracted, enkindled and of the utmost sincerity. The believers of God must‬‬
> ‫‪have the utmost consideration toward him, they must not avoid him, they‬‬
> ‫‪must seek his companionship in a cheerful manner… The point is this:‬‬
> ‫‪the believers must associate with Mr. Dodge with joy and love‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﭺ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪DODGE , ARTHUR PILLSBURR.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪-THE BAHA’I FAITH IN AMERICA:EARLY EXPANSION, 1900،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind131 131‬‬                                                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                         ‫‪١٣٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ‬       ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﮏ‬   ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻃﻬﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻀﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬       ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ّ‬  ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ« ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫)‪Tablets from Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas to Some American Believers in‬‬
> ‫‪(the year 1900‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺝ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻠﻴﺎﻡ )‪ (William‬ﺩﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻭﻧﺪﻝ )‪ (Wendelle‬ﺩﺍﺝ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ‪ «١٩٠١‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫‪Utterances of Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas to Two Young Men, American‬‬
> ‫‪Pilgrims in Acre,1901‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺝ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﯼ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ‬‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻣ ّﻄﻬﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪٢١-٢٢ ،1912‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣١-٣٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind132 132‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:48‬‬
> ‫‪١٣٣‬‬                          ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﯼ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬  ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻤﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻏﻠﻂ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﻠّﻎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﯼ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻭ ‪ ١٩٠۲‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬        ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« )‪ (Maxim of Bahaism‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻠ |ﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ« ‪The Station of Manifestation and the Greatness‬‬
> ‫‪ of this Day‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺫﺍﺗﴼ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ« ‪Divine‬‬    ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ـ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ّ‬
> ‫‪ Revelation the Basis of all Civilization‬ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ,،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﺮﺯﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﻪ« )‪ (Baha’i Proofs‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﴼ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٣٦-٣٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٨٧ -٩١‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind133 133‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                       ‫‪١٣٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴّﻪ« ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﮑﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ‬   ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻲ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺏﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠ ۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺗﻲ )‪(Consultative Assembly‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﴼ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬       ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬
> ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬    ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺭﻗﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ّﻫﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ‪ ...‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺒﻲ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻌﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﺟﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٨٠-٨٦‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind134 134‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫‪١٣٥‬‬                          ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ«‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻧﺒّﺎﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻔﺴﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ـ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢٠٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,، ۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١٣ ، ,٧‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ، ,١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind135 135‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                     ‫‪١٣٦‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ‬
> ‫ﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ »ﻏﺼﻦ« ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬    ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ـ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ »ﻏﺼﻦ« ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴّﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘّﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺺ‬
> ‫»ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ( ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﺽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬‫ﺻﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻻﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺍﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﺎ‬
> ‫ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻬﺬﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻏﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ‪ ...‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺷﻤﺲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﮑﻦ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻃﻠﻊ ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻻﻧﻔﺎﺫ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻕ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ« ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٦-١٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٣ ,،۱۴‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪، ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٥‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind136 136‬‬                                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫‪١٣٧‬‬                        ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳّﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
> ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠّﻴ |ﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ‬  ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ‪ّ .‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ّ‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺴﺖ‪«....‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺝ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻳﺎ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻴّﺔ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﷲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺒﻮﻧﺰ )‪ (Gibbons‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ، ٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٧ ،١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٢،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ،٣‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٢٣ ،١٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ‪١٠،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind137 137‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                        ‫‪١٣٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺒ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻳّﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺷﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬          ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ّ‬‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻃﺎﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ‪،‬ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍ‬
> ‫ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ‬
> ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻬﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺸﻲ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﻌﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻟﻮﺍ! ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﺳﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻴّﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬
> ‫‪۲۹‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻒ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﮑﻮﺕ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind138 138‬‬                                                            ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫‪١٣٩‬‬                                  ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫‪۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ۳۲‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ »ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ« ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻗ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ »ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﻋﻬﺪﻱ«‪ ,‬ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ »ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ«‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٣٤‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ )ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ( ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ »ﻟﻮﺡ ﻏﺼﻦ«‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ »ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻄﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪» :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ »ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﻼﻍ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖﻫﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
> ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﴼ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ١٨‬ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ‪ .١٣٧‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﻱ ‪) GOD PASSES BY‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪) (١٩٨٢‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬          ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢٨٨ (١٩٧٩‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺞ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind139 139‬‬                                                                                   ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٤٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ »ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﴼ‬     ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴّﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ‪ ١٩٣٠‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌ |ﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ »ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﮐﻠّﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔ |ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻮ‬‫ﻟﻴﮑﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۳۵‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺳﺮﺍﷲ« »ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ« ﻭ َﻣﺜَﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻱ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻲ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﻴّﻦ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﮐﻠّﻴ |ﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍِﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‬
> ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻉ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬  ‫ﺷﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ّ‬
> ‫»ﺳﺮ ﺍﷲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ّ‬‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﻱ ‪،The Dispensation of Bahá'u'lláh‬‬      ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ (١٩٧٩‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٣٢‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind140 140‬‬                                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫‪١٤١‬‬                     ‫ﻣﻨﻢ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ,‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﮐﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴّﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﮐﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
> ‫‪۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬‫ّ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٣ ٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind141 141‬‬                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬   ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬   ‫‪١٤٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind142 142‬‬                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
> 
> ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺟﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ« ﻭ »ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ« ﻣﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺗﮑﻠّﻔﻲ ﻭﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮ ﻟﺐ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,،‬ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ‬         ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺼﻤﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ,،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬
> ‫ﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻫﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﮐﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ |ﻪ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۱‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻮﺥ ﻃﺒﻌﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﮐﺶ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind143 143‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                             ‫‪١٤٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﮐﻠﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪» .‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺑﺸﮑﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺸﮑﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﭼﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺒﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻏﺒﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻨﺼﺮﻑ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ﺁﻳﻮﺍﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺯﺩﻭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﮑﺎﺭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺶ ﺟﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻟ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﮑﻠﻔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺍﻥ‬          ‫ﺩﻫﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺴﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺮﺩﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺷﺮﻭﻳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳۲‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind144 144‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:49‬‬
> ‫‪١٤٥‬‬                         ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻭ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ« ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ »ﺧﻮﺷﻘﺪﻡ«‬
> ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻩﺍ‪.‬‬‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺯ |ﻩ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺯ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻝ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻤﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬             ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻟﺒﺨﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻻﻫﻮﭖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۶‬‬
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۳‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind145 145‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                      ‫‪١٤٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬      ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﻟﺲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬       ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺩﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺸ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۷‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﺁﮔﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬        ‫»ﻳﮏ ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣ ّﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ «.‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﭘﺎﺭﺗﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ «.‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺏ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﻡ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌ ً‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﮐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ‪ ) LUA GETSINGER, HERALD OF THE COVENANT‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ‬      ‫‪ ۸‬ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪١١٥(١٩٩٧‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind146 146‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٤٧‬‬                      ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻧﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ّ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ‬        ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۰‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﺶ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻏﻞ ﻭ ﻏﺶ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬   ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ )‪ (Admiral Peary‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﮓ )‪ (Union League‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ‬‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺺ‬
> ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺸﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬   ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﭘﺮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻﺕ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۱‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۷‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪٢٧٢-٢٧٣‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind147 147‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪١٤٨‬‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐﻨﻲ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ‬‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﺀ ﮐﻠﻤﺔﺍﷲ ﺑﺂﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻣ |ﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻴ |ﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﺦ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ )‪ ,(Roy Wilhelm‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ )‪ (West Englewood‬ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﮑﻠﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۵۷‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ ‪|،‬ﻪ ‪١۳٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind148 148‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٤٩‬‬                          ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺠﺬﺏ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪,،‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
> ‫ﻕ ﺍﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘ ‪،‬ﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﺭﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻮ ّﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ )‪ (West Englewood‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﺗﻲﻧﮏ)‪ (Teaneck‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﺗﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻳﻮ)‪(، Ohio‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺑﺰﺭﮒ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﭘﺪﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ »ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ »ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ« ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۵‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ٢٠٦-٢٠٧ (١٩٨٢‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪٩٨‬‬
> ‫‪DECADES OF PRIDE SHATTERED T‬‬        ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪، he New York Times‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۲ ،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ۳۰ ,،١٩٩٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ۲۰۰۹‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.nytimes.com/1990/04/12/nyregion/decades-of-pride-‬‬
> ‫‪shattered.html‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind149 149‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                       ‫‪١٥٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻮﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ )‪ (Lora Jones‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺩﻝ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﮏ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻗﻬﻮ |ﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ |ﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٧‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ‬       ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ‬
> ‫ﺗﮑﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‬        ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ّ‬
> ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺭﺳﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ، ٨٠٧ ,،٩‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺪ ‪.٨٩-٩٠ ,،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind150 150‬‬                                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٥١‬‬                        ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺙ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ |ﻩ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻠﺒﻢ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪ ۱۸«.‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
> ‫ﻭﻟﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻠﻬﻠﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻔﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰﮔﺎﺭﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮﺵ‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪....‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻭﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ‬
> ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺷﻲ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨ ّﻘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻼﻳﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﻳﺪ‪ ۲۰.‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‪ ,،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺷﮑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ‬
> ‫»‪...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ...‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﴼ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺶ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻳﺴﺖ‪ ...‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪ ۱۸‬ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ‪ ،EARLY BAHAI’S‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٨‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٩٩‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۳۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind151 151‬‬                                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٥٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻼﺀ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻄﺮ ﻭ ﮔﻼﺏ ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﺵ ﺭﻋﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ‬    ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ّ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺎ ّﺩﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎ ّﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ۲۳‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﭘﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪,،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ .٢١٣-٢١٥(١٩٨٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Rejoice, for the heavenly table is prepared for you‬‬
> ‫‪.Rejoice,for the angels of heaven are your assistants and helpers‬‬
> ‫‪.Rejoice, for the glance of the Blessed Beauty, Bahá’u’lláh, is directed upon you‬‬
> ‫‪.Rejoice, for Bahá’u’lláh is your Protector‬‬
> ‫‪.Rejoice, for the everlasting glory is destined for you‬‬
> ‫‪Rejoice, for the eternal life is awaiting you. How many blessed souls have‬‬
> ‫‪longed for this radiant century, their utmost hopes and desires centered‬‬
> ‫‪upon the happiness and joy of one such day as this… God has favored‬‬
> ‫‪you in this century and has specialized you for the realization of its‬‬
> ‫‪…blessings‬‬
> ‫‪First, you must become united and agreed among yourselves… In the‬‬
> ‫‪path of God one must forget himself entirely… It is my hope that you may‬‬
> ‫‪.become like this‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۰‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۰‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind152 152‬‬                                                                       ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٥٣‬‬                        ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﻟﻮﺍ ﮔﺘﺴﻴﻨﮕﺮ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﺋﻞ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺗﻦ ‪ ,،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﺭﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ )‪ (Neval Thomas‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ »ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﻨﺪ‪ ۲۵«.‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻝ‬
> ‫ﺑﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻭﺩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﺯ‬
> ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﮑﺸﻨﺒﻪ ﺳﻲﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻗﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ )‪Mr.‬‬
> ‫‪ (Topakian‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺗﺎﻭ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ )‪ (Morristown, NJ‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻧﮑﺘ |ﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺳﻠﺴﻠ |ﻪ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺝ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬           ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺒ ً‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻔﮑﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‬
> ‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﺨﺮ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۲‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind153 153‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٥٤‬‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﻫﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ‪ ,‬ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻼﻕ ﻭ‬‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧ ّ‬        ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓ ّﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﭘﺎﺗﺮ )‪ (Louis Potter‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻻﺳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻻﺳﮑﺎ ﻣﺠﺴﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﮑﻴﻤﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻴﻨﮕﻴﺖ‬
> ‫)‪ (Tlingit Eskimos‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩٠٥‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ۲۸.‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﺣﮏ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۲۹.‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬        ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻝ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻋﺼﺎﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻫﻠﻮ‬
> ‫‪۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﻟﻮﺋﻴﺲ ﭘﺎﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺗﺎﺗﻮﻡ )‪ (Mrs. Tatum‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ,، ٨‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪١٣ ,١٩١٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ‪ ١٨ ،BIOGRAPHY OF LOUIS POTTER‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.askart.com/AskART/artists/biography.aspx?sear .‬‬
> ‫‪chtype=BIO&artist=26516‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ‪١٥ ،ONE AMERICAN ART MEDAL SERIES‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬             ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺋﻞ ﭘﻨﻴﻨﮕﺘ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪http://www.maineantiquedigest.com/medal/medalscolumn2..‬‬
> ‫‪htm‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،PEACH POISON KILLED POTTER‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻭﻝ‬           ‫‪ ۳۰‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‪ ١٩١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=F70B1EF83D541‬‬
> ‫‪7738DDDA80894D1405B828DF1D3‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind154 154‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٥٥‬‬                       ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻝ )‪ (Sarah Graham Mullhall‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺵ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻴﺖ )‪Al‬‬
> ‫‪ (Smith‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺼﴼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻤ ّﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﺎﺗﺮﻳﮏ )‪ (saint Patrick‬ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ )‪(Saint Paul‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﺎﮐﻤﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ‬
> ‫‪۳۱‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﻘﻒﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺶ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﮐﺴﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺨ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ »ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ« ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ۳۲.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻻﻥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻭﺑﺮ)‪ (Harlan and Grace Ober‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۱۴۴‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind155 155‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٥٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﺭﻻﻥ ﺍﻭﺑﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠ ٧‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺶ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﮑﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺷ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻼﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ‬    ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬
> ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
> ‫‪۳۵‬‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻫﺮﺳﺖ )‪ (Hearst‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺁﻥ‬‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔ ‪،‬‬     ‫»ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ...‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺡ ﭘﺮﺷﮑﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪...‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗ ّﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪٢٦٦-٢٧١ ،EARLY EXPANSION‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،۳‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪، ٨ /٩‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪١٠‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind156 156‬‬                                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:50‬‬
> ‫‪١٥٧‬‬                       ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ...‬ﺍﻭ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫‪۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﺫﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﺩﺑﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺪﻳﭙﻨﺪﻧﺖ )‪ (Independent‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧ ّﻘﺎﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
> ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ....‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺣ ّﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫‪۳۷‬‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺁﺷﻮﺏ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬ﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺗﻼﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﺯﺩ ‪،‬ﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ‪ ,‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
> ‫‪۳۸‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﺭﭘﺮ )‪ (Harper’s Weekly‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫»ﺍﺷﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ« ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
> 
> ‫‪,،A MODERN PROPHET H‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ ،١٩١٢‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﻫﻮﺑﺎﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪، earst’s Magazine‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٠٥-١٠٧‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧ ‪،‬ﺬ ‪١١١‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪١١٢-١١٣‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind157 157‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٥٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ...‬ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
> ‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻫﻢ‬‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
> ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻠ |ﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ )‪ (Paul‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ‬
> ‫‪۳۹‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺖ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ‬
> ‫)‪ (Woodrow Wilson‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤ ّﻘﻖ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬
> ‫ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺑﻲﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ‬   ‫»ﻭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻠّ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻬﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﻣ ّﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫‪۴۰‬‬
> ‫ﻕ ﻧﺸﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪«..‬‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪١١٥-١١٦ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ‪) ، CITADLE OF THE FAITH،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٣٦ (١٩٨٠‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind158 158‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫‪١٥٩‬‬                     ‫ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind159 159‬‬                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‬‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﭼﻤﭙﻨﻲ )‪ ,(Champni‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﭘﻼﮎ ‪ ٣٠٩‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬   ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ |ﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻴّﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﻴّﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﴼ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺤﻄﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﮑﻨﺠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ‬   ‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻀﻞ‪ّ ,‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬  ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ‬
> ‫ﺳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind160 160‬‬                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫‪١٦١‬‬                     ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺪﺍﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ۱.‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﭼﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻲﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻏﻔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﮑﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ‬
> ‫‪۲‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴّﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»‪...‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻴﺄﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫‪۳‬‬
> ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬      ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﮐﺎﻣ ً‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺮﮎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ,،‬ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬  ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴّﺖ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻓﻼﺳﻔ |ﻪ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
> ‫‪۴‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ » ﻧﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ« ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪۱‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PPROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٢١٦ (١٩٨٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> ‫‪ ۳‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> ‫‪ ۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٢٢٠‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind161 161‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ‫‪١٦٢‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺖ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۵‬‬
> ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪» :‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ِﺭ‬
> ‫‪۶‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ« ‪ ,،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﮒ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺠﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬      ‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ...‬ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ,‬ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ۷.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣ ّﻮﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۸‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳ |ﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﺎﺗﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ,،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻭﻃﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
> ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺍﺩﻟّ |ﻪ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺸﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺮ |ﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۵‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪۲۳۰ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۶‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪He says, “Ye are all the leaves of one tree.” He does not say, “Ye are the‬‬
> ‫‪leaves of two trees: one divine, the other satanic.” He has declared that‬‬
> ‫‪each individual member of the human family is a leaf or branch upon‬‬
> ‫‪the Adamic tree‬‬
> ‫‪ ۷‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪.٢٣١ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣١-٢٣٢ ,‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind162 162‬‬                                                                     ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫‪١٦٣‬‬                       ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۹‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ...‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗّﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ‬
> ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ۱۰.‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪,‬‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻝ ُﺳﻠﺰ)‪Unitarian All‬‬
> ‫‪ (Souls‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ )‪(Krug‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ )‪ (Grace‬ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
> ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬   ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
> ‫»‪ ...‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣٢ ,‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٢٣٢ ,‬‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ .۲۳۳ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
> ‫‪ Promulgation of Universal Peace‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪Lack of equality between man and woman is, likewise, a cause of human‬‬
> ‫‪dissension. Bahá’u’lláh has named this as an important factor of discord‬‬
> ‫‪and separation, for so long as humankind remains unequally divided‬‬
> ‫‪in right and importance between male and female, no unity can be‬‬
> ‫‪established‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪،۳۶۹‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind163 163‬‬                                                                      ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                   ‫‪١٦٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺑﻴﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ!« ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ‬
> ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﮊ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺳﮑﻮﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﺮﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﺖ‬    ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﮑﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﻣﺴﻠّﻂ ﺷﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺠﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﻢ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ |ﻩ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﻭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺩﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ «.‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻳﺪﻡ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻫﻨﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
> ‫ﺷﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺑﻲﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸ ّﻘﺖ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬         ‫ﺑﻲﻫﻤﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻭﺭﻗ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻮ ﺯﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﻏﻢﺍﻓﺰ ‪،‬ﺍ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﻃﻔﺖ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬     ‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺻ ً‬
> ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
> ‫‪۱۳‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮒ ‪ ،ACCOUNTS OF THE PASSING OF ABDU’L BAHA‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ‬                 ‫‪۱۳‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﮒ ‪ ،۳۸-۴۱‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ‪Dr. FLORIAN‬‬  ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ ,،٧‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ,،٢‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ KRUG D.1912‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ،١٩١٢‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d-1924‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind164 164‬‬                                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫‪١٦٥‬‬                      ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﮒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬          ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﺮﻭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّﻃﻲ‬               ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺟﻨﮓ‬                 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﮑﺎﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﺁﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺿﺪ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ‬                                                       ‫ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﻨﮕﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٤‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺣﺲ ﺗﻨﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﮎﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻫﺘﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ٣٠٩‬ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﭼﻤﭙﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﻏﺮﺑ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ)‪Riverside‬‬
> ‫‪ (Park‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻫﻮﺩﺳﻦ )‪(Hudson River‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﻻﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪ )‪(Fredric Law Olmsted‬‬
> ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺩﺭﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻧﺒﻮﻏﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺻﻠﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ,،‬ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ |ﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ |ﻩ ﻳﻮﺯﻣﻴﺖ )‪Yosemite‬‬
> ‫‪ (Valley‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﮔﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻘﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
> ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪۱۴‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪،۳۶۸‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind165 165‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                     ‫‪١٦٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ‬        ‫ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ّ‬
> ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﮑﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺱﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪ ,،‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ )‪ ,،(Andrew Carnegie‬ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪ |ﻩ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮ |ﻩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻳ ‪،‬ﺪ ﭘﺪﺭﺵ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﻴﺘﺴﺒﻮﺭﮒ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺗﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺴﻴﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮐﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﻍ‬
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ‬   ‫ﺖ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ـ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻫﻤﺴﺘﻴﺪ )‪Homestead‬‬
> ‫‪ (Strike‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٩٢‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ـ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻠﺢ‬
> ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳ |ﻪ ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻻﻫﻪ )ﻫﻴﮓ ‪ (Hague‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻠﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ٤٨٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻲ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻ |ﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫ |ﻪ ‪١٩٦٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE‬ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬‫‪ ۱۵‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://www.vredespaleis.nl .‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind166 166‬‬                                                         ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫‪١٦٧‬‬                     ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬‬
> ‫ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺼ ّﻤﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺻﺮﻑ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬
> ‫‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻠﻮﻥ )‪,(Carnegie Mellon University‬‬
> ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ )‪ ,(Carnegie Hall، NYC‬ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ)‪Carnegie‬‬
> ‫‪ ,(Endowment for Peace‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﻣﺆﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﻨﮕﺘﻦ )‪Carnegie Institute of Washington for‬‬
> ‫‪ ,(Scientific Research‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ )ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻔﺮﻣﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (Carnegie Dunfermline Trust‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻄﺎﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ‬
> ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻔﺮﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ‪,‬‬    ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ,‬ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺻﻠﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒ |ﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩١٥‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ‬
> 
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۱۶‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/amex/caregie/peopleevents/pande01.html‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ،ANDREW CARNEGIE’S LEGACY‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ‬         ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://Carnegie.org/about-us/foundation-history/about-andrew-‬‬
> ‫‪/carnegie/Carnegie-for-kids/Andrew-carnegie-legacy‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind167 167‬‬                                                              ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:51‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                   ١٦٨
> .‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻨ ّﻔﺬﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺩ‬، ‫ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﺮ‬,‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ‬
> ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧ |ﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‬,‫ﻣﻮﺭﮔﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ‬، ‫ ﺭﻓﺘﻨ‬,‫ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
> :‫ﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷ‬
> 
> ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬,‫»ﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
> 
> Carnegie Exaled .‫ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬١٩١٥ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٢٧ ,،١١ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬,،٦ ‫ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬,، ‫ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬۱۸
> ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬۱۹۱۵ ‫ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬، ,by Bahaist Leader The New York Times
> http://querry.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=9E06E5DC17 .‫ﺷﺪ‬
> 31E733A05756C0A96F9C946496D6CF
> :‫ﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬، ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸ‬
> To the noble personage, his Excellency Mr. Andrew Carnegie
> May God assist him All the leaders and statesmen of Europe are thinking
> on the plane of war and the annihilation of the mansion of humanity,
> but thou (Carnegie) art thinking on the plane of peace and love and the
> strengthening and reinforcement of the basis of the superstructure of the
> human world. They are the heralds of death, thou art the harbinger of
> life. The foundations of their palaces are unstable and wavering and the
> turrets of their mansions are tottering and crumbling, but the basis of thy
> structure is firm and unmovable … …Today the most important object
> of the kingdom of God is the promulgation of the cause of universal peace
> and the principle of the oneness of the world of humanity. Whosoever
> arises in the accomplishment of this preeminent service the confirmations
> of the holy spirit will descend upon him …… Therefore, before long a
> vast and unlimited field will be opened before your view for the display
> of your powers and energies. You and the confirmation of the holy spirit.
> I am praying in thy behalf that thou mayest erect a pavilion and unfurl
> a flag in the world of peace, love, and eternal life … must promote this
> .glorious intention with the heavenly power
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind168 168                                                                          17.05.2014 16:08:52
> ‫‪١٦٩‬‬                           ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺆﻳّﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻏﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪«...‬‬
> ‫‪۱۹‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
> ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺰﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺟﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﻮﭘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﻟﺶ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ‪» :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺏ ﺗﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻭ‬‫ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺧﻮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ِ‬                            ‫ﺧﻮﺏ« ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۱۹‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨٦-١٨٧، Days 236‬‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind169 169‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                           ‫‪١٧٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍّﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴ |ﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
> ‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳ ّﻤﻲ ﮐﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺁ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ‬
> ‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ًﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ‪ ,،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ |ﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺢ‬
> ‫ﺳﻢ ﻣﻬﻠﮏ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ‬        ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻞ »ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ« ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮ ّﺳﻂ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻠّﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
> ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﺕ‬
> ‫)‪ ,(Nutt‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind170 170‬‬                                                               ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫‪١٧١‬‬                    ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﮐﺘﺮ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻗﻀﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ »ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ« ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬‫ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﭘﻮﻟﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﻭﻝ ّ‬
> ‫ﻫﺴﺘ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ ۲۳«.‬ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻡ!«‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻧﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ |ﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬‬
> ‫ﺁﻏﻮﺵ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١٦‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬
> ‫‪ ١٩١٣‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪» :‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺾ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﮐﺮ ‪،‬ﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ «.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﮑﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ‬
> ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳّﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻣﻲ )‪(Miami‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۲‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪MACNUTT, HOWARD.،‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۳‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‪ ، ,‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۴‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind171 171‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                             ‫‪١٧٢‬‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ )‪Frank‬‬
> ‫‪ (Moxey‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﺵ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﭘﺮﺕ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪,‬ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺷﻌﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﮏ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
> ‫ﺍﺷﻌﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘ |ﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺭ ّﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
> ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
> ‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺯﺟﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻔﺎ‬     ‫»ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼﻱ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺣ ّﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪,‬‬
> ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻱ‬
> ‫‪۲۷‬‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠّﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۵‬ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ ‪MACNUTT, HOWARD.‬‬
> ‫ﺏ ‪،ABDU’L -BAHA IN EGYPT‬‬   ‫‪ ۲۶‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪ )،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪٥١,(١٩٢٩ .J.H.Sears and Company Inc،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٤٣٧ ,(١٩٨٢‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind172 172‬‬                                                                 ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫‪١٧٣‬‬                      ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺎﮐﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻣﻠﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘّﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬
> ‫‪۲۸‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻏﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‬    ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨ ‪،‬ﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺨﺮ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‬
> ‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ‪ ...‬ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻐﺺ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺪ‬
> ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﮑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻮﺏ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ‪ ، ,‬ﻣﺨﻠﺺ‬
> ‫‪۲۹‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﺀ ﻫﺪﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ‬
> ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩﴽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮﻱ‬
> ‫ﺍﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺗﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺸ ّﻌﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧ ‪،‬ﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۲۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٤٤٢-٤٤٣‬‬
> ‫‪ ۲۹‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ‪٤٥٣‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind173 173‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                            ‫‪١٧٤‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬  ‫ﻓﺮﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ‬
> ‫‪۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻻﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻣﺆ ّﺳﺴ |ﻪ ﺷﺠﺮﻩ‬
> ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ)‪ (Genealogical Hall‬ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺷﺠﺮﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪ ١٨٧٩‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﮐﺸﻒ ‪ ,،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﻋ |ﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
> ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ۳۱.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
> ‫‪۳۲‬‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎﺑ |ﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
> ‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ |ﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
> ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ )‪(Theosophical Society‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٨٧٥‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
> ‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻼﻭﺍﺳﮑﻲ )‪Elna‬‬
> ‫‪ (Petra Belawski‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﴼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺤﺘﻠﻒ‬
> ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ‬‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺯﺑﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﮏ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ّ .‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺒّﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺽ ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪٤٥٥-٤٥٦ ۳۰‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ‪ ٥ ,،HISTORY OF NYG AND B‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۱‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.newyorkfamilyhistory.org/history-nygbs‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind174 174‬‬                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫‪١٧٥‬‬                         ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۳۳‬‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔ |ﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﴼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ‬
> ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ |ﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻓﮑﺮ‪ ,‬ﺗﻴﺎﺳﻔﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
> ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣ ّﻬﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫‪۳۴‬‬
> ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﻫﺘﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺗﺮﻥ )‪ (Great Northern Hotel‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ ‪ ١١٨‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﻳﮑﻲ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺘﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﻴّﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎ ﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪» :‬ﻣﺤﻠّﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ «.‬ﮐﺮﺍﻳ |ﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺷﺒﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﻻﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ۳۵.‬ﺍّﻣﺎ‬
> ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٩١٢‬ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ,،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ‬
> ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺼﺒﺎﻧﻴّﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺖ‪» :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۳‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﮐﻒ ‪،BIOGRAPHICAL ARTICLE ON H.P. BLAVATSKY ،‬‬
> ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ,،٣ - ٨، ١٩٦٨‬ﺗﺌﻮﺳﻔﻴﻬﺎ )‪ .(LA/CA‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.blavatskyarchives.com/longseal.htm‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۴‬ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ، ,THE EMILY SELLON MEMORIAL LIBRARY،‬ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬
> ‫‪ ٢٠١١‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫‪http://www.theosophy-ny.org/836.html‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۵‬ﻓﺮﻣﻨﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺪﺭ‪NEW YORK AND VICINITY, INCLUDING NEWARK,YONKERS،‬‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪ ،١٢ (١٩١٦ ،Henry Hold & Co‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬   ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﺮ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪) ، AND JERSEY‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺪ‪http://www.archive.org/stream/ridersnewyorkcit۰۰riderich/ridersne .‬‬
> ‫‪wyorkcit۰۰riderich_djvu.txt‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind175 175‬‬                                                                        ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                      ‫‪١٧٦‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬
> ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯ |ﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫ ‪،‬ﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ّ‬
> ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪«.‬‬
> ‫ﭼﻠﭽﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﮑﻞ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻫﺘﻞ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻓﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﺰ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﺪ ّﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ,‬ﮔﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻣﭗﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻗﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭘﺮﭼﻢﻫﺎﻱ‬
> ‫‪۳۶‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘّﺤﺪ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ,‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ »ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ« ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺴﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧ ّﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺭﻓﻊ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠَﻢ ﺩﻣﻮﮐﺮﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬     ‫ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
> ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻲﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
> ‫‪۳۷‬‬
> ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ |ﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬         ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﻨﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﮑﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ‬
> ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻴّﺖ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ |ﻩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻲ‬
> ‫‪۳۸‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۳۶‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪۳۸۶‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۷‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ‪) ،PROMULGATION OF UNIVERSAL PEACE‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪٤٤٧-٤٤٨ (١٩٨٢‬‬
> ‫‪ ۳۸‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤ |ﻪ ‪٤٤٨‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind176 176‬‬                                                          ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫‪١٧٧‬‬                     ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫ﻋﻄﺮ ﮔﻼﺏ ﻣﻌ ّﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺮ‬
> ‫ﮔﻼﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ۳۹.‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
> ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﭙﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
> ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﮐﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‬
> ‫ﻭﺧﺎﻧﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺟﺪﴽ‬
> ‫ﻼ ﻣﺠﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫»ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌ ً‬
> ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
> ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺍﺋﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
> ‫‪۴۰‬‬
> ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻤﺎﺷﺘﻪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﺒﻴﻮﻥ )‪ (Tribune‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ »ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ‪ «،‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﮐﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﻨﺪﻱ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪﺍﻱ‪ ,‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺷﺐ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺘﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮎ ﻧﻮﺭﺗﺮﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺎ‬
> ‫‪۴۱‬‬
> ‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧ |ﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩ |ﻩ ﺍِﻣِﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﺯﻡ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
> ‫‪ ۳۹‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ,،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ‪٤‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۰‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ,۱‬ﺻﻔﺤ ‪|،‬ﻪ ‪۳۸۸‬‬
> ‫‪ ۴۱‬ﺍﻟﻦ ﻭﺍﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ‪١٨٨ ,،Days 236‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind177 177‬‬                                                                  ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                       ‫‪١٧٨‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺣﺒّﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﭘﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﻢ‬
> ‫ﮐﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬    ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
> ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸ ‪،‬ﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ ...‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪﷲ‬         ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ّ ,‬‬
> ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
> ‫ﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺒﺎﻥ‬     ‫ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‪ ...‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﭼﻪ‬
> ‫ﻣﺤﺐ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﺮ ّ‬
> ‫ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺗﺸﺒّﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ...‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ‬
> ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺬﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﺿﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ‬
> ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ...‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
> ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋ ّﺰﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
> ‫‪۴۲‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪«.‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷ |ﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ‬
> ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
> ‫ﻭﺿﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬
> ‫ﺍﺗّﺤﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪ ۴۲‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ‪٤٦٨-٤ ٧٠،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind178 178‬‬                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫‪١٧٩‬‬                     ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ـ ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬
> 
> ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨ |ﻪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻠﺘﻴﮏ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮐﻼﻩ‬      ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
> ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨ |ﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ‬
> ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ‬
> ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﻌﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﻩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻻ‬
> ‫ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ّ‬
> ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ‬
> ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
> ‫ﻫﻮﺵ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
> 
> ‫»ﺍﻱ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﮎ! ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺮﻭﮎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻧﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻦ‪,‬‬   ‫ﮐﻦ‪ ,‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
> ‫ﺟﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻗ ّﻮﺗﻲ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺭﺑّﺎﻧﻲ‬
> ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺑﻬﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﺁﻥ‬
> ‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻬﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
> ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪«...‬‬
> 
> ‫ﮎ ‪١٩١٢‬‬
> ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺀ ﻣﺪﻳﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind179 179‬‬                                                             ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:52‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬              ‫‪١٨٠‬‬
> 
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﮎ ﺭﻳﻮﺭﺳﺎﻳﺪ‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind180 180‬‬                                                    ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬
> ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ‬
> ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> 
> ‫‪۱‬ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ‪Promulgation of Universal Peace‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٨٢‬‬ ‫)ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﮑﻪ )‪(Judith Icke Anderson‬‬               ‫‪۲‬ـ ﺁﻧﺪﺭﺳ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪William Howard Taft, an intimate portrait‬‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ‪.(WW Norton & Co، 1981‬‬                 ‫)ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۳‬ـ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺮ )‪ (، Ronald H. Bayor‬ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺗﻲ ﺟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮ )‪(، Timothy J. Meagher‬‬
> ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎ ‪،‬ﺭ ‪)The New York Irish‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﭘﮑﻴﻨ ‪،‬ﺰ ‪.(١٩٩١‬‬
> ‫‪۴‬ـ ﺩﻧﻴﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺎﻥ )‪(Denis Brian‬‬
> ‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‪.(John Wiley and Sons ، 2001 :‬‬               ‫‪) :، A Life Pulizer ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۵‬ـ ﮔﺮﺗﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﻳﮑﻤﺎ )‪ (، Gertrud Buikema‬ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺍﺳﺖ‬
> ‫)‪ (،Albert Windust‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ‪ ,،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ‪ :،‬ﻧﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ,،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ) )‪،V-VII‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪.(١٩١٢-١٩١٣‬‬  ‫)ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۶‬ـ ﺳﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻮ ﺟﻨﮑﻴﻨﺰ ‪Khalil Gibran: Man and Poet‬‬
> ‫ﺍﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‪One World 1998 :‬‬
> ‫‪۷‬ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﮐﻼﺩ ﻓﻠﺘ ‪،‬ﺮ‬
> ‫‪Warfare and Armed Conflicts - A Statistical Reference to Casualty‬‬
> ‫‪ ، and Other Figure 1500-2000‬ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ )ﺟﻔﺮﺳﻮﻥ ‪،‬ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬
> ‫‪(٢٠٠٢ ، McFarland & Co‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪(۱۹۸۲‬‬  ‫ﻱ ‪) God Passes By‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬       ‫‪ ۸‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind181 181‬‬                                                                                ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                              ‫‪١٨٢‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪:‬‬‫ﻱ ‪) ،The Dispensation of Bahá’u’lláh‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬                       ‫‪۹‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٧٩‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.(١٩٨٠‬‬            ‫ﻱ ‪) ،Citadle of Faith‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬  ‫‪۱۰‬ـ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ ﺍﻓﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۱‬ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ِﮔﻴ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻞ‬
> ‫‪Dawn Over Mount Hira and Other Essays‬‬
> ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٧٦‬‬
> ‫‪۱۲‬ـ ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ )‪ ، (، Sok Hon Ham‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ ،٢٦‬ﭼﺎﭖ ‪١٥‬‬
> ‫) ﺷﻴﮑﺎﮔﻮ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺎﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﮑﺎ ‪.(١٩٨٥‬‬
> ‫ـ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪Masslum/Quakersampaekny‬‬
> ‫ـ ﺳﻮﮎ ﻫﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻡ ‪Malssum/Quakersampaeknyon[The Messages and‬‬
> ‫‪) Friends for threehundred years]: The Hitory of Quakers‬ﺳﺌﻮ ‪،‬ﻝ‬
> ‫ﻫﺎﻟﮑﻴﻨﺴﺎ ‪.(١٩٨٨‬‬
> ‫ﺱ ﻫﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﺒﻲ ‪Howard Colby Ives‬‬             ‫‪۱۳‬ـ ﺁﻳﻮﺍ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪) Portals to Freedom‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٠‬‬
> ‫‪۱۴‬ـ ﭘﺎﺋﺎﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺮﻳﮑﻮ ﮐﻮﻟﻴﺘﺎ )‪، (Paolo Enrico Colita‬‬
> ‫‪) ،Presidency of Howard William Taft‬ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﻧﺰﺍﺱ ‪.(١٩٧٣‬‬
> ‫‪۱۵‬ـ ﺟﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻨﺪﻟﺴﻦ)‪، (Joyce Mendesohn‬‬
> ‫‪The Lower East Side. Remembered and Revisited: A History and‬‬
> ‫ﮎ‬‫‪) ،Guide to a Legendary New York Neighborhood‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﻠﻤﺒﻴ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪ ١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪.(٢٠٠٩‬‬
> ‫‪۱۶‬ـ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻤﻦ )‪(، Velda Piff Metalmann‬‬
> ‫‪) Lua Getsinger Herald of the Covenant‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‬
> ‫ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٧‬‬
> ‫‪۱۷‬ـ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‪ ,،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﻟﺠﻨ |ﻪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪.(١٩٥٢‬‬
> ‫‪ A Biennial International Record‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ )ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۱۸‬ـ ﮊﺍﻧﺖ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻥ )‪، (Janet Ruhe-Schoen‬‬
> ‫‪) ،Who Will Bell the Cat? Abdu’l-Bahá at Lake Mohank‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
> ‫‪MacNutt, Howard‬‬                             ‫‪۱۹‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind182 182‬‬                                                                                           ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬
> ‫‪١٨٣‬‬                     ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> ‫‪۲۰‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪.(٢٠١٢‬‬   ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳ ‪،‬ﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ،Abdu’l- Bahá in America‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۲۱‬ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎﻥ )‪(، Robert Stockman‬‬
> ‫‪۱۹۱۲-۱۹۰۰ ,The Baha’í Faith in America: Early Expanson‬‬
> ‫‪۲۲‬ـ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻟﺞ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺗﻤﻮﺭ‬
> ‫)‪(Swarthmore College Peace Collection:PA‬‬
> ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒ ‪،‬ﺮ‬
> ‫ﺲ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ‬                    ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﺳﻬﺮﺍﺏ ‪ ۲۲ ,،‬ﺁﮔﺴﺖ ‪.١٩١١‬‬
> ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﭙﺲ ‪ ١٣ ,،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١١‬‬
> ‫ـ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺧﺎ ‪،‬ﻥ ‪ ٢٤ ,،The Conditions of Universal Peace‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١١‬‬
> ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﺰ ﻣﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﮐﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ‪ ۲۵ ,،‬ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ .،١٩١١‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ |ﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ ١٩٣٧‬ـ ‪.١٨٩٥‬‬
> ‫ـ ﺟﻠﺴ |ﻪ ﺩ ّﻭ ‪،‬ﻡ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼ |ﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪ ،١٥‬ﺍﻟ ‪،‬ﻲ ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ‪.١٩١٢‬‬
> ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‪.‬‬
> ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮑ ‪،‬ﺎ ‪An Advanced Statement Concerning‬‬
> ‫‪Abdul-Bahá’s Approaching Visit to the United States‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ‪١٥-١٧‬‬             ‫ﺲ ﻟﻴﮏ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ |ﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ ‪،‬‬        ‫ـ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ |ﻪ ﮐﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧ ‪،‬‬
> ‫ﻲ ‪.١٩١٢‬‬  ‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۲۳‬ـ ﺁﻟﻦ ﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ )‪(Allen. L. Ward‬‬
> ‫‪236Days: Abdu’l-Bahá’s Journey in America ،‬‬
> ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﻨﻮﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪.(١٩٧٩‬‬
> ‫)ﻭﻳﻠﻤ ‪،‬‬
> ‫‪۲۴‬ـ ﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫ ‪،‬ﺪ ﺍﻭ‪ .‬ﺯﻱ )‪(، O.Z. Whitehead‬‬
> ‫‪) Some Early Baha’is of the West‬ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٧٦‬‬
> ‫‪۲۵‬ـ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,،‬ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ |ﻪ ﻣﺤﻲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﺳﻴﺎﺱ‬
> ‫)ﺁﮐﺴﻔﻮﺭ ‪،‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﻧﺎﻟﺪ ‪.(١٩٩٨‬‬
> ‫‪۲۶‬ـ ﻓﺮﻣﻨﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺪﺭ)‪، (Ferment Ryder‬‬
> ‫‪) ،City New York and Vicinity‚ Newark‚Yorker‚ and Jersey‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ‪،‬‬
> 
> ‫‪Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind183 183‬‬                                                                                       ‫‪17.05.2014 16:08:53‬‬
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                 ١٨٤
> .(١٩١٦ .، Henry Holt & Co ‫ ﻧﺸﺮ‬، ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬
> ‫ﺏ‬
> ، ‫ـ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﺮﺍ‬۲۷
> J.H.Sears and ‫ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬:‫ﮎ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬، ‫ )ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭ‬،Abdu’l-Bahá in Egypt
> .(١٩٢٩ .، Company Inc
> 
> ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> 
> ٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﭙﺘﻤﺒﺮ‬,،٢٠٠٢ ‫ ﺟﻮﻥ‬،Diary of Juliet Thompson ، :‫ـ ﮊﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ‬۱
> http://bahai-library.com/books/Thompson/2.html chapter 3 :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> :، ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴﻞ‬۲
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬,،At 48 West 10th St
> http://bahai-library.com/books/Thompson/2
> http:// :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬۱۳ ,،Parish History ‫ﺖ‬           ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳
> ascensionnyc.org/history
> Corinthians ‫ﻲ‬   ، ‫ـ ﻧﺴﺨ |ﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠ‬۴
> http://www.biblegateway.com/passage .1 ‫ـ‬۵
> ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬١٩ ,،٢٠١٠ ‫ ﺩﺳﻤﺒﺮ‬۱۹ ,،Fragrance From Greenwich Village ‫ﻮ‬، ‫ـ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻧ‬۶
> http://bohemianlit.comfull_text/Bruno/fragments.htm :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٣ .، Ephemeral New York،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۷
> http://ephemeralnewyork.worpress.com/tag/Greenwich-village-in-
> ./the1910s
> ‫ﻲ‬
> ، ‫ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧ‬.، Juliet Remembers Gibran as Told to Marzieh ‫ﻞ‬             ، ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﮔﻴ‬۸
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬.،۲۹-۳۱(١٩٧٨ ‫ )ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬، ٤ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬،١٢ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ‬
> http://bahai-library.com/histories/Juliet.gibran.html
> ١٩٩٧ ‫ ﺁﭘﺮﻳﻞ‬٩ ،Kate Carew ,The only woman caricatorist ‫ﺖ‬                  ، ‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻤﻴ‬۹
> http://www.twainquotes.com/interviews/:‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٣
> confessions.htm
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind184 184                                                                        17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ١٨٥                ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> http://www. :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬١٥ ،Tenements ‫ﺖ‬        ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۱۰
> history.com/topics/tenements
> (، Maggie Blanck ‫ـ ﻣﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﮏ‬۱۱
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢ ,،٢٠١٠ ‫ ﻣﻲ‬٢٠ ،New York City: Tenement Life
> http://maggieblanck.com/NewYork/life.html
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬۷ ،Our History in Brief ‫ﺖ‬    ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۱۲
> www.bowery.org/about-us/history/۱۸۹۰
> WW I Causalities and Death Tables، ‫ـ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬۱۳
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٣٠
> http://www.pbs.org/greatwar/resources/casedeath_pop.html
> ٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٠ ,،٢٠٠٩ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢٢ ،Weapons of War_ Poison Gas ‫ﻲ‬              ، ‫ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ‬۱۴
> http://www.firstworldwar.com/weaponry/Gas.htm :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٠ ,،٢٠٠٩ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬٢٢ ،Life in the Trenches ‫ﻲ‬        ، ‫ـ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﻓ‬۱۵
> http://www.firstworldwar.com/features/trenchlife.htm
> :‫ـ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺭﮐﻪ‬۱۶
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١١ ,، ‫ ﻣﺎﺭﭺ‬١٠ ، ,Shell Shock during World War One )،
> http://bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/shellshock_01.shtml
> ‫ ﺩﺭ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٠ ,،٢٠٠٦ ، Wilfred Owen ,The Sentry،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۱۷
> http://www.englishverses.com/poems/thesentry :‫ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٢٠ ,۱۹۰۹ ،Wilfred Owen ‫ﻦ‬        ، ‫ـ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﮐﺴ‬۲۱
> http://wwwwarpoetry.co.uk/owena.htm
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٣ ,،New York Peace Records ‫ﺖ‬       ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۲۲
> i&۹=http://www.gale.cengage.com/servlet/ItemDetailServlet?region
> cid=D۳۵۷۵&۴=type&titleCode=SR۶۳۲&۰۰۰=mprint
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺟﻮﻻﻱ‬٧ ,، What Do Quakers Believe ‫ﻩ‬، ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ‬۲۳
> http://www.quakerinfo.org/quakerism/beliefs
> ٢٠١١ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬۲۸ ،International Peace Society Records ‫ـ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ‬۲۴
> :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind185 185                                                                  17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬                                ١٨٦
> http://www.swarthmore.edu/library/peace/CDGB/intpeacesociety.
> htm
> ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬Humanity’s Juncture ‫ـ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺮﻳﻨﮕﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬۲۵
> Making ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬، Douglas Mattern)،The Humanist) ‫ﺩﺍﮔﻼﺱ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻥ‬
> http:// :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬١٠ ، ,٢٠٠١ ، ‫ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﻴﻨﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﺮﺕ ﮊﺍﻟﻲ‬،Peace
> imaginarymuseum.org/MHV/PZImhv/HindessThinkingPeace.html
> ٢٠١١ ‫ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬۱۱ ,،٢٠٠٨ ‫ ﺁﮔﺴﺖ‬١٥ . ،Dodge ,Arthur Pillsburry ‫ﻥ‬، ‫ـ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﮐﻤﺎ‬۲۶
> http://www.bahai-encyclopedia-project.org :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬١٨ ،Biography of Louis Potter ‫ﻩ‬، ‫ـ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‬۲۷
> http://www.askart.com/AskART/artists/biography.aspx?searchtype=
> BIO&artist=26516
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬١٥ ، One American Art Medal Series،‫ـ ﺳﺎﻣﻮﺋﻞ ﭘﻨﻴﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬۲۸
> http://www.maineantiquedigest.com/medal/medalscolumn2.htm
> ١٩١٢ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﻤﺒﺮ‬١ ، ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ‬،Peach Poison Killed Potter ‫ﺖ‬   ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۲۹
> http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-ree/pdf?res=F70B1 :‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬
> EF83D5417738DDDA80894D1405B828DF1D3
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٢٠ ، Dr.Florian Krug،‫ـ ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻠّﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﮑﺎ‬۳۰
> http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d-1924
> ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺮﻳ |ﻪ ﻧﻈﻢ‬،Accounts of the Passing of Abdu’l Bahá ‫ﮒ‬        ، ‫ـ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ‬۳۱
> Dr. Florian Krug ‫ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ‬،٣٨-٤١ ‫ﮒ‬    ، ‫ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ |ﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﮐﺮﻭ‬،۲ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ |ﻩ‬،۷ ‫ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
> ، ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧ‬
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬،١٩١٢ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٢ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬d.19124
> http://www.centenary.bahai.us/photo/dr-florian-krug-d—1924
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٣،Andrew Carnegie ‫ﺖ‬     ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۲
> http://www.vredespaleis.nl
> http://www. :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬۴ ،Andrew Carnegie ‫ﺖ‬         ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۳
> pbs.org/wgbh/amex/caregie/peopleevents/pande01.html
> :‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺑﺴﺎﻳﺖ‬٢٠١١ ‫ ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬٤ ،Andrew Carnegie’s Legacy ‫ﺖ‬        ، ‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴ‬۳۴
> http://Carnegie.org/about-us/foundation-history/about-andrew-
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind186 186                                                                      17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ١٨٧               ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ‬
> /carnegie/Carnegie-for-kids/Andrew-carnegie-legacy
> ‫ﺰ‬، ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤ‬، Carnegie Exalted by Bahaist Leader،‫ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬۳۵
> .١٩١٥ ‫ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬٥
> http://query.nytimes.com/mem/archive-free/pdf?res=9E06E5DC17
> 31E733A05756C0A96F946496D6CF
> ،Biographical Article on H.P. Blavatsky، ‫ـ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﮐﻒ‬۳۶
> (LA/CA) ‫ ﺗﺌﻮﺳﻔﻴﻬﺎ‬،۳ -۸ ،۱۹۶۸ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
> http://www.blavatskyarchives.com/longseal.htm
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind187 187                                                        17.05.2014 16:08:53
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind188 188   17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
> ّ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind189 189                          17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬   ١٩٠
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind190 190                                     17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ١٩١               ‫ﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
> ّ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind191 191                          17.05.2014 16:08:53
> ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﮎ‬   ١٩٢
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind192 192                                     17.05.2014 16:08:53
> Hussein Ahdieh & Hillary Chapman
> Ḥaḍrat-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá dar New York
> ‘Abdu’l-Bahá in New York
> Farsi translation by Maryam Rouhani Saysan
> First edition
> Bahá’í Verlag©
> Hofheim-Germany
> 171 B.E - 2014 A.D.
> ISBN: ...........................
> Order-no: ..................
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind193 193                              17.05.2014 16:08:53
> Hussein Ahdieh & Hillary Chapman
> 
> Ḥaḍrat-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá
> dar
> New York
> 
> ‘Abdu’l-Bahá
> in
> New York
> 
> Bahá’í Verlag
> 
> Abdu'l-Bahá in New York-Book.ind194 194                          17.05.2014 16:08:54
>
> — *حضرت عبد البهاء در نیویورک (Used by permission of the curator)*